Skip to main content

Written Answers

Volume 490: debated on Wednesday 25 March 2009

Written Answers to Questions

Wednesday 25 March 2009

Wales

Departmental Public Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales how much capital spending is planned to be brought forward by his Department to (a) 2008-09 and (b) 2009-10. (266300)

Departmental Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales pursuant to the answer of 29 January 2009, Official Report, column 689W, on departmental training, which Minister took the course Action Learning Set—National School of Government; and at what cost. (265669)

The Action Learning Set—National School of Government course referred to in my earlier answer cost £250. Identifying Ministers who undertake training may discourage participation in future training sessions, acting as a disincentive for Ministers to undertake formal professional development.

Energy: Prices

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what recent discussions he has had with the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change on energy prices in Wales. (265709)

I take a close interest in energy prices in Wales. Along with the Welsh Assembly Government I asked Ofgem when undertaking its review into the energy market to investigate why people in Wales appeared to be paying more for their energy. In its initial findings Ofgem concluded that people in Wales did pay more for their electricity due to a number of factors. I understand that Ofgem will be publishing new licensing conditions to help tackle some of these issues next month with a view to introducing them by the autumn.

Transport

Airports

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport if he will make an estimate of the airport runway capacity required in the South of England to remove the need for aircraft to be held in stacks. (265127)

The Government recognise the negative impacts of stacking on operational efficiency and the environment. The ‘Future of Air Transport’ White Paper encourages making better use of existing airport capacity and supports the delivery of two new runways in the south-east. Implementing that policy should reduce the need for stacking. In particular, the Government's recent confirmation of its support for a third runway at Heathrow should help to reduce the need for stacking at that airport where lack of runway capacity is a significant contributory factor. However, runway capacity is not the only relevant factor, and that is why the UK also strongly supports optimising the use of airspace, including through implementation of the Single European Sky.

Aviation

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what objectives and sub-objectives were contained in his Department's Aviation Directorate's business plan in (a) 2006-07, (b) 2007-08 and (c) 2008-09; and which of these were contained in Project Heathrow project delivery and risk reports in each such year. (265874)

The Aviation Directorate's business plan for each of the years 2006-07, 2007-08 and 2008-09 included objectives relating to the delivery of ‘The Future of Air Transport’ White Paper. Heathrow project delivery and risk reports refer to those objectives. The Department's business plans are available on its website.

Departmental Billing

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what percentage of its suppliers his Department has paid within 10 days of receipt of invoice in the last four months. (264932)

[holding answer 20 March 2009]: The Department for Transport collects and monitors its payment performance on a monthly basis against a target to pay all valid invoices within 30 days of receipt unless different payment terms exist. The Department’s overall payment performance is reported to BERR at the end of each financial year.

Following the Prime Minister’s statement on 8 October 2008 the Department has implemented new monitoring arrangements to report on its payment performance for all suppliers against a 10 day deadline. The new arrangements came into effect on 1 January 2009 with the first set of data available for the month of January.

Payment performance information is published each month on the Department’s website at:

www.dft.gov.uk/AboutDfT/Procurement/ProcurementPolicies/PromptPaymentStatistics

Data are available for January and February 2009 for the percentage of valid invoices paid within 10 days as follows:

Total

January 2009

Percentage paid on time

61.19

Volume

17569

February 2009

Percentage paid on time

65.42

Volume

17248

Note:

Data from the Vehicle Certification Agency is excluded—this will not be available until the next financial year.

Departmental Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport pursuant to the answer of 3 February 2009, Official Report, column 1124W, how many hits each of the websites maintained by the Department received in each of the last 12 months. (262791)

Tables have been placed in the Libraries of the House showing websites currently maintained by the Department and the page hits received in each of the last 12 months.

Data are unavailable in some instances, either for technical reasons or because the website was not live at the time.

The Department intends to measure website usage in line with the proposed guidance issued by the Central Office of Information, ‘Measuring website usage (TG116)’, starting from the financial year 2009-10.

Departmental Public Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what estimate he has made of the cost of managing the estates of the (a) Vehicle and Operator Services Agency and (b) Driving Standards Agency in the last year for which figures are available. (264729)

[holding answer 19 March 2009]: The information is as follows:

(a) The Vehicle and Operator Services Agency (comprising 180 sites ranging from testing stations to headquarters and administration offices) estimates that the cost of managing its estates is £740,000 for the current financial year.

(b) The Driving Standards Agency (comprising 413 sites ranging from testing stations to headquarters and administration offices) estimates that expenditure for management of the estate incurred in 2008-09 will amount to £2.64 million.

Driving: Multiple Sclerosis

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what his policy is on the application of the provisions of the Road Traffic Act 1988 relating to the physical fitness of drivers to persons with multiple sclerosis. (265093)

Multiple sclerosis is a prospective disability under section 92(2) of the Road Traffic Act 1988. A prospective disability is defined as a medical condition, which by virtue of the progressive or intermittent nature of the disability or otherwise, may become a relevant disability in the course of time.

For Group 1 licence holders/applicants (cars and motorcycles), providing a medical investigation confirms that driving performance is not impaired, a driver with multiple sclerosis can be licensed. A one, two or three-year licence may be required.

For Group 2 licence holders/applicants (buses and lorries), a licence will be refused or revoked if the condition is progressive. If driving would not be impaired and the condition is stable, licensing can be considered on a case by case basis subject to satisfactory reports and an annual review.

M25

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport how much his Department spent on consultants in respect of proposals to widen stretches of the M25 in each of the last 11 years. (266462)

The cost of consultants engaged on M25 widening schemes for each of the previous 11 years is set out as follows.

£000

1997-98

632

1998-99

481

1999-2000

544

2000-01

583

2001-02

609

2002-03

1,257

2003-04

1,229

2004-05

7,925

2005-06

16,068

2006-07

15,037

2007-08

13,350

2008-09

10,447

The above costs relate to consultancy work on the following activities:

M25 J12-15 widening studies

M25 J7-8 anti-clockwise widening

25 J8-10 widening

25 Orbit Multimodal Study

25 J12-15 Widening Preparation

Preparation of the M25 DBFO Contract, specifically:

Traffic and Environmental Studies

Illustrative Design

Contract Preparation

Environmental Statement Publication

Public Exhibitions

Contract negotiations

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport when he plans to award contracts for the next phase of the widening of the M25. (266463)

The widening of the M25 between Junctions 16 to 23, and Junctions 27 to 30, is included in the scope of the M25 Design, Build Finance and Operate (DBFO) Contract currently in the final stages of procurement.

It is expected that this contract will be awarded in late April 2009, subject to satisfactory completion of statutory processes and completion of the ongoing competition to raise finance for the project.

Motor Vehicles: Environment Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what recent steps he has taken to encourage the use of environmentally-friendly cars. (265130)

In January 2009, the Secretary of State for Transport announced £250 million towards consumer incentives for ultra-low carbon cars. This is in addition to £100 million the Government are already providing to support research, development and demonstration of key technologies for such vehicles.

The UK was in the vanguard of EU member states lobbying for a long term target, which was added to the New Car CO2 regulation agreement reached in December 2008 between the European Council, Parliament and Commission. The target for 2020 is provisionally set at 95g/km.

The latest strand of the Government's ‘Act on CO2’ consumer awareness campaign continues to promote the purchase of more environmentally friendly vehicles as well as the benefits of smarter driving.

Finally, the use and purchase of environmentally friendly vehicles is supported through the current UK taxation system, which is also the basis for the new car fuel economy labelling scheme now used in most car showrooms.

Redundancy

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport with reference to the answer of 26 November 2008, Official Report, column 1370W, on redundancy, how many staff left his Department under staff exit schemes with a severance package worth (a) between £100,000 and £125,000, (b) between £125,001 and £150,000, (c) between £150,001 and £200,000, (d) between £200,001 and £250,000, (e) between £250,001 and £500,000, (f) between £500,001 and £1,000,000 and (g) over £1,000,000 in each year since 2005-06. (264290)

Unfortunately a detailed breakdown of staff exits cannot be provided as there are fewer than five exits in most cases. In these cases, the information is suppressed on the grounds of confidentiality.

Number of exits

Size of severance package

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

£100,000 to £125,000

£125,001 to £150,000

£150,001 to £200,000

7

£200,001 to £250,000

£250,001 to £500,000

500,001 to £1,000,000

Over £1,000,000

Total

19

8

7

Transport: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Transport what assessment he has made of the effect of the economic downturn on his Department’s Comprehensive Spending Review target to double real terms spending on transport over the 20 years from 1997. (265945)

Comprehensive Spending Review 2007 (Meeting the aspirations of the British people cm 7227) announced a 2.25 per cent. real growth in the Long-Term Funding Guideline to 2018-19, meaning that over the 20 years from 1997 UK spending on transport would have more than doubled in real terms.

Assessment of the future means of the Long-Term Funding Guideline will be made, as normal, in any future spending review.

Scotland

Departmental Public Consultations

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland how many public consultations his Department has conducted in the last 12 months; how long each consultation was open for; how many responses were received in each case; and what the cost of conducting each consultation was. (259697)

In the last 12 months, the Scotland Office has undertaken one public consultation, “Sorting the Ballot”. This public consultation began on 13 December 2007 and ended on 7 March 2008; an analysis of the 39 responses was published on 24 June 2008. The consultation paper was printed by the Stationery Office at a cost of £1,727 and vetted by the Plain English Campaign at a cost of £311, making a total of £2,038.

Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Biofuels

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs when the Environment Agency plans to determine whether used cooking oil may be used as a fuel; and when he plans to determine his policy on this matter. (263592)

The Government have made funding available to enable the Environment Agency to develop an end-of-waste protocol for waste cooking oils. Waste cooking oil which is treated to the standards set out in the protocol is accepted by the agency to have been fully recovered and to have ceased to be waste. The protocol applies to the production of biodiesel for use in automotive engines. The question of whether waste cooking oil has been fully recovered so that it ceases to be waste before it is used as fuel in other circumstances is one that must be determined on the facts of each case and taking into account relevant case law on the definition of waste.

Used cooked oil which has not been fully recovered may also be used as a fuel. However, the use of waste as a fuel is subject to the requirements of the waste framework directive and the waste incineration directive.

Bluetongue Disease: Vaccination

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what assessment he has made of the adequacy of supplies of bluetongue vaccine to respond effectively to an outbreak of the disease in 2009. (263884)

DEFRA underwrote 28 million doses of BTV8 vaccine in 2008, enough for all susceptible animals in England. 12 million of these doses formed the supply at the start of 2009. This along with free market vaccine supplies from the three manufacturers authorised to market vaccine in the UK, Intervet, Merial and Fort Dodge should meet the demand for BTV8 vaccine in 2009.

DEFRA continues to closely monitor the situation in Europe, and engage with experts and manufacturers on the issue of vaccine development and authorisation for other serotypes of bluetongue.

However, currently BTV8 is the only vaccine that can legally be used in the UK, and farmers should not wait for BTV1 or bivalent vaccine to become available this year. We remain at risk from BTV8 and we are working with the industry-led JAB campaign to encourage farmers to vaccinate to protect themselves at the earliest convenient opportunity.

Bovine Tuberculosis

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs which (a) counties and (b) parishes had been free of bovine tuberculosis in the four years prior to (i) 1997 and (ii) 2007. (263720)

The information requested is provided in the tables.

(a)(i) Table 1—Counties1 in England without a bovine TB incident (unconfirmed or confirmed) 1994-97 inclusive

Animal health region

County with no bovine TB (unconfirmed or confirmed)

East

Greater London

East

Isle of Wight

East

Middlesex

West

Isles of Scilly

(a)(ii) Table 2—Counties1 in England without a bovine TB incident (unconfirmed or confirmed) 2004-07 inclusive

Animal health region

County with no bovine TB (unconfirmed or confirmed)

East

Hertfordshire

North

Tyne and Wear

West

Isles of Scilly

(b)(i) Table 3—Number of parishes without a bovine TB incident (unconfirmed or confirmed) by county1 1994-97 inclusive

Animal health region

County

Number of parishes with no bovine TB (unconfirmed or confirmed)

Percentage of parishes with no bovine TB (unconfirmed or confirmed)

East

Bedfordshire

116

95.1

East

Berkshire

102

94.4

East

Buckinghamshire

202

97.6

East

Cambridgeshire

267

99.3

East

East Sussex

97

85.8

East

Essex

293

98.3

East

Greater London

14

100.0

East

Hampshire

263

98.1

East

Hertfordshire

135

99.3

East

Isle of Wight

28

100.0

East

Kent

324

98.8

East

Leicestershire

269

92.1

East

Middlesex

19

100.0

East

Norfolk

542

99.6

East

Northamptonshire

261

97.0

East

Oxfordshire

315

97.5

East

Suffolk

475

99.6

East

Surrey

99

96.1

East

Warwickshire

214

96.0

East

West Midlands

27

96.4

East

West Sussex

161

96.4

North

Cheshire

315

93.5

North

Cleveland

34

94.4

North

Cumbria

252

87.8

North

Derbyshire

252

88.7

North

Durham

162

96.4

North

Greater Manchester

69

90.8

North

Humberside

246

97.2

North

Lancashire

209

88.6

North

Lincolnshire

526

97.0

North

Merseyside

35

94.6

North

Yorkshire

984

99.4

North

Northumberland

149

90.9

North

Nottinghamshire

239

96.4

North

Staffordshire

171

86.8

North

Tyne and Wear

29

96.7

West

Avon

69

50.7

West

Cornwall

61

29.0

West

Devon

250

57.6

West

Dorset

214

77.8

West

Gloucestershire

128

48.9

West

Hereford and Worcester

309

70.7

West

Isles of Scilly

5

100.0

West

Shropshire

218

88.3

West

Somerset

222

66.3

West

Wiltshire

209

74.9

Total number of parishes with no TB

9,580

(b)(ii) Table 4—Number of parishes without a bovine TB incident (unconfirmed or confirmed) by county1 2004-07 inclusive

Animal health region

County

Number of parishes with no bovine TB (unconfirmed or confirmed)

Percentage of parishes with no bovine TB (unconfirmed or confirmed)

East

Bedfordshire

120

98.4

East

Berkshire

98

90.7

East

Buckinghamshire

185

89.4

East

Cambridgeshire

267

99.3

East

East Sussex

87

77.0

East

Essex

297

99.7

East

Greater London

14

100.0

East

Hampshire

236

88.1

East

Hertfordshire

136

100.0

East

Isle of Wight

26

92.9

East

Kent

317

96.6

East

Leicestershire

236

80.8

East

Middlesex

18

94.7

East

Norfolk

533

98.0

East

Northamptonshire

240

89.2

East

Oxfordshire

294

91.0

East

Suffolk

470

98.5

East

Surrey

95

92.2

East

Warwickshire

160

71.7

East

West Midlands

24

85.7

East

West Sussex

158

94.6

North

Cheshire

248

73.6

North

Cleveland

32

88.9

North

Cumbria

209

72.8

North

Derbyshire

159

56.0

North

Durham

159

94.6

North

Greater Manchester

69

90.8

North

Humberside

234

92.5

North

Lancashire

216

91.5

North

Lincolnshire

528

97.4

North

Merseyside

34

91.9

North

Yorkshire

934

94.3

North

Northumberland

139

84.8

North

Nottinghamshire

235

94.8

North

Staffordshire

79

40.1

North

Tyne and Wear

30

100.0

West

Avon

40

29.4

West

Cornwall

22

10.5

West

Devon

60

13.8

West

Dorset

134

48.7

West

Gloucestershire

59

22.5

West

Hereford and Worcester

110

25.2

West

Isles of Scilly

5

100.0

West

Shropshire

113

45.7

West

Somerset

150

44.8

West

Wiltshire

131

47.0

Total number of parishes with no TB

8,140

1 Counties as recorded on the Animal Health Vetnet system.

Source:

Data for Tables 1-4 have been drawn from the Animal Health Vetnet system, the TB in Cattle System and the Veterinary Laboratories Agency’s TB Culture System.

Departmental Rail Travel

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what the cost to his Department was of travel by train by its staff in each year since 1997. (261190)

DEFRA came into being in June 2001. From available information held centrally the cost of travel by train by staff from April 2006 to January 2009 inclusive was as follows:

April 2006 to March 2007: £2,135,127

April 2007 to March 2008: £2,450,197

April 2008 to January 2009: £2,232,893

Fisheries: International Cooperation

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Stoke-on-Trent North (Joan Walley) of 9 October 2008, Official Report, column 732W, on fisheries: international co-operation, whether he plans to make an assessment of the effectiveness of the Joint Committee. (264940)

[holding answer 20 March 2009]: UK officials have attended these meetings and have found them a useful forum to discuss potential difficulties and agree practical solutions.

Floods: Canvey Island

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs pursuant to the answer of 9 March 2009, Official Report, columns 5-6W, on floods: Canvey Island, if he will place in the Library a copy of the recent letter from Councillor Ray Howard to the Environment Agency on development in flood risk areas such as Canvey Island; on what dates the Environment Agency (a) received and (b) replied to communications from Councillor Howard on the issue in the last three years; what the content of such communications was; and if he will make a statement. (264327)

I have placed a copy of Councillor Ray Howard's recent letter in the Library. The Environment Agency's Eastern Area of Anglian Region has no record of having received or replied to other correspondence from Councillor Ray Howard in the last three years on the subject of development in flood risk areas such as Canvey Island.

Incinerators: Hazardous Substances

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs with reference to the answer of 14 July 2008, Official Report, column 32W, on incinerators: waste disposal, if he will publish the results of the public consultation on H14 ecotoxicity testing held in October 2007. (263745)

[holding answer 18 March 2009]: The results of the consultation were a revision to the Environment Agency's guidance on hazardous waste, WM2 which is published on its website.

Tourism: Rural Areas

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what funding his Department makes available to assist tourism in rural areas; and on what criteria such funds are allocated. (262973)

The Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) does not hold lead responsibility for supporting or promoting rural tourism. This sits with the Department for Culture, Media and Sport, DCMS.

However, the Rural Development Programme for England 2007-13, a joint EU-DEFRA funded programme, provides support to improve quality of life in rural areas and diversify the rural economy. This includes support to encourage rural tourism. Over the seven year life of the programme around €38 million (around £35 million), has been allocated to this measure.

This funding has been devolved to regional development agencies to decide how it is spent in their regions to create a sustainable countryside and communities where people want to live, work and visit, now and in the future. The funding will help business to make use of the natural and cultural resources in England’s rural areas to attract visitors and create new employment opportunities through the development of the tourism sector. Around £5.8 million has already been committed by the regional development agencies to projects and programmes of investment that support rural tourism.

Culture, Media and Sport

Cycling

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how many velodromes he has visited on official business in the last 12 months. (267024)

Departmental Disciplinary Proceedings

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how many incidences of (a) bullying and (ii) harassment were recorded in his Department in each of the last three years; and how many staff have been subject to disciplinary procedures as a result of such incidents. (266068)

Gaming Machines

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how much and what percentage of the Tote’s revenue came from category B2 gaming machines in 2007-08. (265661)

The Tote switched to a new generation of gaming machines in the middle of the 2008 financial year. In its annual report and accounts for 2008, the Tote did not report the mix of revenue between over the counter betting and gaming machine business in its licensed betting offices. This was because the information was deemed by the Tote to be commercially sensitive as it would allow its competitors to benchmark machine performance and inform their choices. That position has not altered and the Tote remains of the view that machine revenue is commercially sensitive information.

Licensing Laws: Music

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport when he plans to hold a consultation on exemptions from the Licensing Act 2003 for low risk music events. (265973)

[holding answer 24 March 2009]: No date has been set for a consultation on this matter. The Department for Culture, Media and Sport continues to consider how best to encourage live music, including the possibility of workable exemptions from the Licensing Act 2003. Any exemption would maintain necessary public protections in accordance with the licensing objectives.

Metal Detecting

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport whether the Government plan to respond to English Heritage’s Nighthawking Survey report; and if he will make a statement. (266508)

English Heritage is preparing an implementation plan to take forward the recommendations of the Nighthawking Survey; English Heritage expects this to be ready before the summer.

Swimming

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how many swimming pools he has visited on official business in the last 12 months. (267030)

Swimming: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport whether local authorities which have currently opted out of the Government’s free swimming scheme will have the opportunity to access funding from it at a later date. (265413)

We have given those local authorities who withdrew their expression of interest in the under 16s element of the scheme one final opportunity to opt back in before the Free Swimming Programme launches on 1 April. When the scheme is launched, there will not be an opportunity for non-participating local authorities to participate. We will be closely monitoring the impact of the scheme over its two year duration to inform any future funding and delivery arrangements.

Home Department

Airguns: Children

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what restrictions are in place on the sale of ball-bearing guns to children. (265178)

Ball-bearing guns which fire small plastic pellets are usually referred to as airsoft or BB guns. They are not lethal and are treated in law as imitation firearms. The Violent Crime Reduction Act 2006 made it an offence to sell an imitation firearm to someone aged under 18, and for someone aged under 18 to buy one.

Children: Safety

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what finance and support her Department provided for the production of series (a) one, (b) two and (c) three of the Kids Taskforce Watch over me DVD. (262476)

The Home Office provided the following support and finance for the production of the Kids Taskforce Watch over me DVD.

(a) Series One—No Funding

(b) Series Two—£400,000 (with a small amount going towards research for the third series).

(c) Series Three—No funding outside that mentioned above.

Other support

Additionally, in 2008-09, £480,000 was given from the Home Office and DCSF to the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) to pay for the copyright of The Kids Taskforce Watch Over Me DVDs for three years supplemented by 60 training days for teachers and partners. ACPO, DCSF and the Home Office are working with The Kids Taskforce on the national roll out of the DVD.

The Minister for Security, Counter-Terrorism, Crime and Policing also attended the launch of the third series at a reception at the CEOP Centre on 5 December 2006.

Crime: Motor Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many vehicles of each type have been seized in each police force area under section 165A of the Road Traffic Act 1988 in each year since 2005. (264619)

This information is not collected centrally.

I understand from information submitted by police forces to the motor insurance industry's Motor Insurance Database that in 2007 153,822 vehicles were seized under this power for being driven without insurance and that approximately 185,000 were seized in 2008. The type of vehicle is not identified.

Crimes of Violence: Females

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department which Ministers attended her summit on violence against women on 9 March 2009. (265193)

The cross-Government consultation paper entitled ‘Together We Can End Violence Against Women and Children' was launched at a breakfast roundtable on Monday 9 March, 2009. Ministers who attended this launch event are:

Rt. Hon. Jacqui Smith, Home Secretary

Rt. Hon. Alan Johnson, Secretary of State for Health

Baroness Morgan of Drefelin, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State and Government Spokesperson, Department for Children, Schools and Families

Vera Baird, Solicitor-General

Vernon Coaker, Minister of State for the Home Office

Alan Campbell, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for the Home Office

Crimes of Violence: Telephone Services

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what freephone 24-hour telephone lines her Department provides for victims of violent crime. (265685)

[holding answer 23 March 2009]: The Government provide funds to a matrix of national helplines which provide support and information to the public who may be experiencing problems related to violent crime. Of these, the National Domestic Violence Helpline is the only freephone 24-hour telephone line.

In addition, the Government provide funding to Victim Support to provide services to victims of crime and witnesses. Part of the annual Grant in Aid provides funding for the national Victim Support line. This is a telephone helpline offering emotional support and practical advice to victims who call. An annual grant is also provided to SAMM (Support After Murder and Manslaughter). This charity provides support and advice to those bereaved by homicide. Both of these are national helplines but not 24 hours and calls are charged at a local rate.

Detection Rates

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the detection rate was for incidents of violence against the person reported to the police in each month in the last two years. (262052)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: Police forces in England and Wales are asked to provide monthly cumulative data for use in the Home Office’s quarterly and annual crime statistics publication. However, the validation processes relate to quarterly rather than monthly data and therefore quarterly data for detection rates for violence against the person are given in the table. Detection rates are a ratio of crimes detected in a period to crimes recorded in a period. They are not based on tracking individual crimes recorded in a period as to whether they are eventually detected.

From 1 April 2007 the rules governing recording of non-sanction detections were revised to reduce the scope within which they can be claimed to a very small limited set of circumstances. This has significantly reduced the number of non-sanction detections which has been reflected in the overall detection rates.

Quarterly detection rates for offences of violence against the person recorded by the police, 2006-07 and 2007-08

Quarter

Detection rate (Percentage)

2006-07

April to June 2006

47

July to September 2006

49

October to December 2006

52

January to March 2007

55

2007-08

April to June 2007

47

July to September 2007

48

October to December 2007

50

January to March 2008

50

Human Trafficking

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much funding was made available to the Metropolitan Police for its Human Trafficking Unit in 2008-09; how much she plans to allocate in 2009-10; what assessment she has made of the unit's work; and if she will make a statement. (260377)

[holding answer 4 March 2009]: In 2008-09 a total of £600,000 was given by the ACPO lead for Organised Immigration Crime to the Metropolitan Police towards the costs of Operation Maxim, including the dedicated human trafficking team.

The work of the team, as part of the wider Operation Maxim, is highly regarded. But the grant is time-limited with an expectation that this work will be mainstreamed into existing police budgets as part of core business.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 4 March 2009 to Question 260378, when she expects to reply to the letters from the hon. Member for Totnes of 24 November 2008 and 22 January 2009 on advice to the Government on the implementation of the Council of Europe Convention on Action Against Trafficking in Human Beings. (264781)

Human Trafficking: Europol

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what Europol's targets are for tackling international human trafficking offences. (262575)

Europol's work is central to the United Kingdom's European-wide efforts to combat this heinous crime. In this respect Europol has an excellent working relationship with both the UKHTC and SOCA.

Detailed information on the work carried out by Europol is contained in their Annual Report which we anticipate will be published in the near future.

Human Trafficking: Southampton

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what her latest estimate is of the numbers of (a) people who have been trafficked into the UK through Southampton and (b) victims of human trafficking in Southampton and the surrounding area; what steps are being taken to reduce those numbers; and if she will make a statement. (261410)

The nature of the crime makes it very difficult to estimate the problem faced by the United Kingdom through its ports. However, we have previously estimated that at any one time in 2003 there were up to 4,000 victims of trafficking for sexual exploitation in the UK. We hope to have a new figure by the end of the year.

All estimates are national in scale however. More robust data on the geographical location of victims will be collected with the introduction of the National Referral Mechanism which comes into force on 1 April 2009.

Immobilisation of Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what changes to regulations regarding wheel clamping on private land she plans to make; and if she will make a statement. (264165)

[holding answer 18 March 2009]: Ministers have recently received the results of the feasibility study undertaken by the Security Industry Authority (SIA) on the options for the compulsory licensing of vehicle immobilisation companies who work on private land in England and Wales. We are now working with the SIA to develop further their proposals.

Licensed Premises

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment she has made of the effects of premises with late alcohol licences on levels of disorderly behaviour in the surrounding area. (257992)

The most recently published report, The impact of the Licensing Act 2003 on levels of crime and disorder: an evaluation (2008) by Hough et al, found that violent offences between 3 am and 6 am had increased by 236 incidents in the first year following the introduction of the Act. These offences represent 4 per cent. of all night time offences. Overall the review found that crimes involving violence during the whole evening and night-time had reduced.

To understand what is happening in the 3 am to 6 am period, we will undertake further comprehensive research into post-midnight drinking patterns and their impact on crime and disorder.

The Government are determined to tackle alcohol related crime and disorder, this is why the Home Secretary recently announced a new mandatory code of practice to target the most irresponsible retail practices, a £3 million cash injection for CDRPs for partnership activities in 190 areas and a further £1.5 million for police enforcement in our priority areas.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment she has made of the effects of the operation of the Licensing Act 2003 on levels of disorderly behaviour. (257995)

The first review of the Licensing Act reveals a mixed picture. Some people appear to be using the freedoms and are not sufficiently using the considerable powers granted by the Act to tackle problems. There is a need to rebalance action towards enforcement to tackle irresponsible behaviour.

Actions in response to the review of the Licensing Act include: increase the fine for anyone not obeying an instruction to stop drinking in a DPPO area to £2500 from £500, make it easier for the Police to disperse antisocial drinkers, extend the use of acceptable behaviour contracts and to extend the arrest referral pilots to include under 18s. We are working across Government to take these actions forward.

The Government are determined to tackle further alcohol related crime and disorder, this is why the Home Secretary recently announced a new mandatory code of practice to target the most irresponsible retail practices, a £3 million cash injection for CDRPs for partnership activities in 190 areas and a further £1.5 million for police enforcement in our priority areas.

Penalty Notices

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what guidance she has issued to police officers on the issuing of penalty notices for disorder in (a) police stations and (b) other locations. (265750)

I have been asked to reply.

The Government have issued operational guidance on the issuing of penalty notices for disorder (pnds) to police forces under section 6 of the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001. This guidance sets out the criteria which should be considered by police officers before issuing a pnd in police stations and other locations.

The current guidance was published in March 2005; a copy can be found at:

www.police.homeoffice.gov.uk/pnd

This is now subject to review.

Foreign and Commonwealth Office

Bahrain: Asylum

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent representations he has received from the Government of Bahrain on the granting of asylum to Bahraini citizens in the UK. (265391)

The issue of asylum was most recently discussed between the Bahraini Minister of the Interior, Sheikh Rashid, and my hon. Friend the Minister for Borders and Immigration in the Home Office on 12 March.

The Government have received no formal representations but the subject has occasionally been discussed at official level with Bahraini Interlocutors.

Burma: Religious Freedom

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs (1) what representations he has made to the Burmese Government over the recent closure of house churches and Christian-run orphanages in Rangoon; (264920)

(2) what reports he has received of the number of orphanages and child care centres run by Christian groups in Rangoon that have recently closed down.

We are concerned by reports that the Burmese authorities have closed places of worship for religious minorities and child care centres run by Christian groups in Rangoon. We condemn the marginalisation or persecution of any community based on their religious beliefs or ethnic background. Although it makes the reported abuses no less serious, we believe that the persecution of religious minority groups by the Burmese authorities is often based on their ethnicity and perceived threat to security rather than their faith. We view the regime's actions as part of a wider deterioration in the human rights situation in Burma.

The issue of religious freedom is within the mandate of UN Special Rapporteur for Human Rights in Burma, Tomas Ojea Quintana, which covers human rights and fundamental freedoms. We hold regular discussions with Mr. Quintana and his team concerning the human rights abuses we believe to be taking place in Burma, and fully support his efforts. Our ambassador in Burma regularly raises the issue of human rights in his meetings with Burmese Government officials.

Hezbollah

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs for what reasons the Government have changed their policy on engaging with Hezbollah's political wing. (264754)

This is in light of more positive recent political developments in Lebanon, which have moved Lebanon away from the polarised and tense political scene of previous years. This includes progress in national reconciliation talks and the formation of the National Unity Government in which Hezbollah are participating. We believe that occasional and carefully considered contacts with Hezbollah's political representatives will best advance our objective of urging Hezbollah to reject violence and play a constructive, democratic and peaceful role in Lebanese politics in line with UN Security Council Resolutions.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what information his Department holds on violations of UN Security Council resolutions 1559 (2004) and 1701 (2006) by Hezbollah and other armed groups in Lebanon. (265980)

The UN Secretary General reports quarterly to the Security Council on the implementation of United Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1701. The latest report was issued in March 2009.

The UN Secretary General’s final report to Members on UNSCR 1559 was issued in October 2008. This provided an update on progress in the implementation of the resolution and highlights areas of concern that continue to impede efforts to strengthen Lebanon’s sovereignty, territorial integrity and political independence.

All these reports are available on the UN website at:

http://www.un.org/Docs/sc/sgrep09.htm.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what reports he has received of Hezbollah's renunciation of the use of violence. (265981)

We regret that Hezbollah has not yet renounced the use of violence. However we assess that there is a distinction between those members of Hezbollah who are legitimately involved in Lebanese politics and those who are involved in violence and terrorism. We proscribed the military wing in July 2008. We continue to urge Hezbollah to reject violence and play a constructive, democratic and peaceful role in Lebanese politics, in line with UN Security Council Resolutions.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs (1) what steps he has taken to encourage the Governments of (a) Syria and (b) Iran to prevent the replenishment of missile stocks held by Hezbollah in Lebanon; (265982)

(2) what steps he has taken to prevent funding being provided to Hezbollah by the Governments of (a) Syria and (b) Iran.

We call on both the Governments of Syria and Iran to cease their support for Hezbollah, which only increases instability in the region. During my right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary’s visit to Syria in November 2008, he raised this issue with President Assad. We have serious concerns about Iranian support for Hezbollah. Such support is unacceptable and only serves to undermine regional security. Funding for arms supplies to Hezbollah is contrary to the arms embargo established by United Nations Security Council Resolution 1701.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what estimate he has made of the number of (a) long- and (b) short-range missiles held by Hezbollah in Lebanon. (265984)

Since the end of the 2006 Lebanon conflict, we estimate that Hezbollah has replenished its holdings of short and long-range rockets and missiles. This is based upon both statements by Hassan Nasrallah, Secretary General of Hezbollah and other sources of information. However, we lack definitive figures.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he had with (a) President Assad and (b) Foreign Minister Muallem on establishing contact with Hezbollah during his visit to Syria in November 2008; and what response was received from each. (265985)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary did not raise the issue of establishing contact with Hezbollah during his visit to Syria in November 2008.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs when his Department last made an assessment of Hezbollah's involvement in terrorist activity; and what the findings of that assessment were. (265986)

In July 2008 a thorough assessment of all the components of Hezbollah was carried out to establish a distinction between those members of Hezbollah who are legitimately involved in Lebanese politics and those who are involved in violence and support terrorism. As a result of this assessment the decision was made by the Home Office to proscribe the military wing, which we specified as the Jihad Council and all units reporting to it.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what his latest estimate is of the (a) size and (b) strength of Hezbollah's militia; and what reports he has received on progress towards its disarmament. (265987)

Hezbollah has not revealed its armed strength publicly, and estimates vary widely. These estimates suggest that Hezbollah's militia consists of a small core of experienced fighters supplemented with much larger numbers of volunteers/reservists.

The latest Secretary General Report on United Nations Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1701 stated that Hezbollah continues to maintain a substantial military capacity distinct from that of the Lebanese State, in direct contravention of UNSCRs 1559 and 1701. The report welcomes the national dialogue as a means to take forward disarmament through a Lebanese-led political process.

All these reports are available on the UN website at:

http://www.un.org/Docs/sc/sgrep09.htm.

Middle East: Armed Conflict

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs (1) what reports he has received on the (a) physical and (b) psychological effects of rocket and mortar attacks fired from the Gaza Strip on residents in southern Israel; (265958)

(2) what reports he has received on the disruption to the education of the school pupils of southern Israel as a result of rocket and mortar attacks fired from the Gaza Strip.

Our ambassador and officials from our embassy in Tel Aviv frequently travel to towns in southern Israel that have been subject to indiscriminate rocket fire from terrorist groups in Gaza. They have called on schools, hospitals, families and community leaders in and around Sderot and Ashkelon to assess the impact of rocket and mortar attacks. My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary also visited Sderot in November 2008, and I went to Ashkelon in December 2008. In recent months the frequency and indiscriminate nature of the attacks that target citizens has had a highly damaging impact on people's everyday lives in these areas. The extent of the psychological damage, especially to children, is clear. In addition to the psychological damage to children, the need to shelter from attacks whilst at school has had a disruptive effect on education. Likewise, the general disruption and physical threat of rocket fire has impeded economic growth and deterred investment. We continue to condemn all terrorist attacks, on southern Israel and elsewhere.

Middle East: Peace Negotiations

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs if he will discuss with the US Administration the likely effects of recent developments in the political situation in Israel on the middle east peace process. (265399)

We are in regular dialogue with the US Administration. My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary met with both the US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and Senator Mitchell on 18 March 2009. They discussed a number of issues related to the middle east peace process. Both the US and the UK look forward to working with a new Israeli Government towards a lasting peace in the region.

North Korea: Politics and Government

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent discussions he has had with the US Administration on the political situation in North Korea. (265398)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has regular conversations with the US Secretary of State, but they have not discussed North Korea recently. However, our embassy in Washington is in regular contact with US officials dealing with North Korea and we are co-ordinating positions closely in response to North Korea's plan to launch a satellite next month.

Pakistan: Foreign Relations

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with the President of Pakistan in the last four weeks. (265436)

I have been in regular contact with President Zardari. My discussions covered a number of issues including the appointment of Sir Sherard Cowper-Coles as the UK's Special Representative for Afghanistan and Pakistan, stability in Pakistan's federally administered tribal areas and the Swat region, prosecuting those responsible for the attacks in Mumbai and the recent political crisis in Pakistan. On the latter I encouraged all parties to come together in the interests of Pakistan and seek a peaceful resolution.

Palestinians: Politics and Government

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what assessment he has made of the implications for the future of the Palestinian Government of Prime Minister Fayyad's decision to stand down; and if he will take steps to ensure that the Middle East peace process includes a unified Palestinian Government. (264688)

Mr Fayyad is still the Prime Minister of the Palestinian Government. The UK will continue to work towards a unified Palestinian Government. In Cairo, on 25 February 2009, my right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary stated his support for Egyptian-sponsored efforts towards building a non-partisan, technocratic Government capable of working productively with the international community, which would allow Palestinians to focus jointly on economic development and preparation for elections. I re-emphasised this during the Foreign Affairs Committee evidence session on 4 March 2009.

Washington

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how many visits were made by Ministers to Washington DC in the financial year 2007-08. (264569)

Olympics

Inspire Mark

To ask the Minister for the Olympics (1) how many sports clubs have been awarded the Inspire mark; (265400)

(2) how many sports projects have been awarded the Inspire mark;

(3) how many projects have been awarded the Inspire mark.

The Inspire mark is awarded by the London Organising Committee of the Olympic Games and Paralympic Games (LOCOG) to high quality non-commercial projects and programmes inspired by 2012 that deliver achievements in sport, culture, volunteering, the environment and promoting business opportunities.

So far, 93 projects have been awarded the Inspire mark, of which 18 have a significant sporting element.

This first pilot phase for the mark has been predominantly cultural where, alongside nationwide projects and programmes from across all legacy themes, local projects across the nations and regions have been joining the Cultural Olympiad from its launch in September 2008. LOCOG will be targeting and supporting activity across all themes, including sport, this year.

Olympic Games 2012: Construction

To ask the Minister for the Olympics how many people over the age of 21 defined by the Government Olympic Executive as local have undertaken training placements as part of the Olympic construction process. (259332)

For the month of December 2008, 303 people on the Olympic Park declared themselves as a trainee or an apprentice; 69 of these held a permanent address in one of the five host boroughs and stated that they were over 21 years of age.

In addition to this, to date 315 other individuals have benefited from training at the Plant Training centre on the Olympic Park operated by the National Construction College (NCC). As the centre is managed by a third party we do not hold the age data of candidates. However, 313 of these held a permanent address in one of the five host boroughs.

Both sets of activity form part of the of the Olympic Delivery Authority’s aim to place at least 2,250 people into trainee, apprenticeship, and work placements up to 2012.

To ask the Minister for the Olympics how many companies are engaged in building venues for the London 2012 Olympics; and how many of these businesses are based in the UK. (263704)

There are currently seven Tier One contractors engaged in building venues for the London 2012 Olympic Games and Paralympic Games and all of these are registered in the UK. These include:

Company

Venue

Balfour Beatty Group Ltd.

Aquatics Centre

Carillion plc

International Broadcast Centre/Main Press Centre

Dean & Dyball Ltd.

Weymouth and Portland Sailing Academy

ISG InteriorExterior plc

Velodrome

Sir Robert McAlpine Ltd.

Olympic Stadium

Galliford Try Infrastructure Ltd (trading as Morrison Construction)

White Water Canoe Centre

Lend Lease Ltd.

Olympic Village

The Tier One contractors for Eton Dorney and the shooting venue are yet to be confirmed.

To the end of January 2009, 881 businesses had won over £3.5 billion of work supplying the Olympic Delivery Authority; 98 per cent. are UK-based businesses, and just under half are based outside of London (45 per cent.).

To ask the Minister for the Olympics what recent discussions she has had with the Minister responsible for horticulture on landscaping projects for the London Olympics 2012. (263875)

The Landscape and Public Realm project has developed through extensive planning, consultation and design work involving local, metropolitan and national stakeholders, as well as the expertise of internationally recognised individuals and organisations.

As part of this consultation programme, the Olympic Delivery Authority has consulted regularly with Natural England—the Government body tasked with the promotion of nature conservation and the enhancement of the natural landscape—and other stakeholders including the Environment Agency, British Waterways, the Lee Valley Regional Park Authority, the GLA’s Biodiversity Unit and the Forestry Commission. The ODA, with the latter two organisations, has funded research into species selection in relation to climate change.

We are committed to inclusive consultation and have encouraged as many people as possible to take the opportunity to contribute to the design of the emerging Olympic Park.

To ask the Minister for the Olympics how many non-UK European Union nationals are employed in the construction of the venues for the London 2012 Olympics. (263899)

The figures for the contracted workforce at the end of October 2008, and released by the Olympic Delivery Authority (ODA) in December 2008, show that 86 per cent. of those employed on the Olympic Park were EU nationals, 63 per cent. of these were British and 8 per cent. were Irish. The number of non-UK European nationals employed on the Olympic Park at that time was therefore 23 per cent. These figures are a snap shot of the workforce at a particular point in time. All vacancies are advertised locally. The ODA and its partners have a range of measures in place to ensure local people can benefit from the employment and training opportunities that arise on the park.

Olympic Games 2012: Cumbria

To ask the Minister for the Olympics what assessment the Government Olympic Executive has made of the economic effects of the London 2012 Olympics on (a) Cumbria and (b) Copeland constituency. (263705)

We are fully committed to maximising the economic benefits of the London 2012 Games across the UK particularly in these challenging economic times.

We aim to do this through direct business opportunities from the London Organising Committee and Olympic Delivery Authority’s (ODA) procurement. London 2012 expects to procure directly in the region of £6 billion worth of contracts, which will generate 75,000 supply chain opportunities.

The London 2012 Business Network was specifically set up to provide businesses across the UK with access to contracts in the London 2012 supply chains, and any support they need to compete for them.

I would encourage my hon. Friend to urge businesses in his constituency to register on CompeteFor, the electronic brokerage service for buyers and suppliers. Encouraging more businesses to register will ensure that they are in the running for Games related business. To the end of January 2009, 35 businesses registered in the North West had won a contract directly supplying the ODA. This includes one business registered in Cumbria. To date, no businesses registered in Copeland have won direct contracts.

There are also wider opportunities for businesses beyond those in the construction supply chains, such as those arising in the tourism and media sectors and through inward investment and export.

In addition, there will be skills initiatives such as the Personal Best programme which uses Games-inspired volunteering to help people to develop their skills for work. Building on the success of London, the North West will be one of the first regions to benefit by introducing this programme.

To ask the Minister for the Olympics what plans she has to involve schools (a) in Copeland constituency, (b) in Cumbria and (c) elsewhere in the UK in events organised in as part of the London 2012 Olympics. (263709)

We committed in our Legacy Action Plan to get thousands of schools and colleges throughout the country inspiring young people through the Olympic and Paralympic values and taking part in sport and other activities.

We are creating a world class PE and sport system, able to offer every child five hours per week of quality sporting opportunities, including a broader range of non-traditional activities. Schools are central to our offer, and School Sports Partnerships—such as Copeland SSP, where 92 per cent. of pupils now participate in at least two hours per week—are playing a leading role in expanding the numbers of young people participating in sport.

The London Organising Committee of the Olympic Games and Paralympic Games (LOCOG) has developed ‘Get Set’, the London 2012 Education programme which was launched in September 2008. This provides a variety of online resources for teachers and schools to use, as well as information on getting involved in Olympic-related events, such as last year’s ‘Make Your Mark’ challenge which involved some 56,000 young people. LOCOG has also just launched a national competition for 16 to 21-year-olds in full or part-time education to create a new design to infill the London 2012 brand, creating a new official London 2012 education logo.

According to LOCOG’s latest figures, 3,676 schools, colleges and other education providers throughout the UK have registered to be part of ‘Get Set’. 300 of these are based within the north-west region, and 47 within Cumbria itself. Statistics are not collated on a constituency basis. A full list of registered schools, and of activities, is available at

www.london2012.com/getset

Olympic Games 2012: Expenditure

To ask the Minister for the Olympics how much had been spent on the Olympic stadium at the latest date for which figures are available; and what the estimated final cost of the stadium is. (256585)

At the end of December 2008 £72 million had been spent on the Olympic Stadium project.

The budget announced at the end of 2007 for the Olympic Stadium was £496 million. This was increased to £504 million to include £8 million of structural enhancements to the roof in relation to loading requirements for the opening and closing ceremonies.

A number of potential cost pressures, estimated at £43 million, have been identified arising from:

Possible scope requirements, including separate amendments to roof loading and provision for an external wrap;

Contract negotiations and the development of the design.

Olympic Games 2012: Job Creation

To ask the Minister for the Olympics what her most recent estimate is of the number of permanent full-time jobs likely to result from the London 2012 Olympics. (263719)

The latest stage of the Legacy Masterplan Framework (which will provide the blueprint for the regeneration of the Olympic Park and its surroundings) indicates that as a direct result of the London 2012 games the Olympic Park site has the potential to deliver 9,000-10,000 permanent jobs after the games. This is part of wider regeneration plans contained in the Lower Lea Valley Opportunity Area Planning Framework to deliver 50,000 jobs in the Lower Lea Valley area.

Additionally, we anticipate significant employment opportunities during the lifetime of the programme. The Olympic Delivery Authority expects that 30,000 people will be employed on the Olympic Park and the Village over the life of the build project. This number will peak at 11,000 in 2010.

Prime Minister

Future Aircraft Carriers

Q12. To ask the Prime Minister what factors he has identified as causing delays in the construction of the future aircraft carriers.

I have been asked to reply.

I refer the hon. Member to the written statement made by my right hon. Friend the Secretary of State for Defence on 11 December 2008, Official Report, columns 65-66WS.

International Development

Darfur

6. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent assessment he has made of the humanitarian situation in Darfur; and if he will make a statement. (266029)

The humanitarian situation in Darfur remains critical. The expulsion of 13 international NGOs and the closure of three national NGOs risks having a devastating impact. The UN Office for Humanitarian Affairs initially estimated that up to 1 million people could lose access to drinking water and sanitation, and up to 1.5 million will lose access to healthcare. We believe the Government of Sudan should reconsider this decision for the sake of their own people.

Gaza

7. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent assessment he has made of the humanitarian situation in Gaza. (266030)

8. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what assessment he made of the humanitarian situation in the Gaza strip upon his recent visit to the region. (266031)

I was horrified by what I saw in Gaza. It is clear that the humanitarian situation remains dire. Even now, nine weeks after the conflict ended, 97 per cent. of the population receive food aid, 50,000 people remain without running water and 10 per cent. of people still have no access to electricity. Over 15,000 homes have been destroyed or badly damaged and some families are housing up to 40 people in their homes.

12. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent assessment he has made of the humanitarian situation in Gaza. (266036)

The humanitarian situation in Gaza remains dire. According to United Nations (UN) figures, even now, nine weeks after the conflict ended, 97 per cent. of the population receive food aid, 50,000 people remain without running water and 10 per cent. of people still have no access to electricity. Over 15,000 homes have been destroyed or badly damaged, as well as businesses and farms.

I have pledged £30 million to support the first phase of reconstruction, known as ‘early recovery’. This will help the most vulnerable people in Gaza rebuild their lives and ensure delivery of basic services.

G20 Summit

10. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what discussions he has had with ministerial colleagues on the Government’s approach to the development agenda for the G20 summit. (266034)

I have regular discussions with the Prime Minister, the Chancellor of the Exchequer and other members of the Cabinet as part of our ongoing preparations for the April 2 London summit. These discussions include international development issues.

Our goal for the London summit is for leaders to agree to immediate action to support the global economy, safeguard jobs and protect the poorest. We know from past crises that it is the poorest who suffer most. The Government are working hard to make sure that the London summit agrees concrete actions to protect the poorest countries and most vulnerable people.

China

11. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what funding his Department has allocated to its bilateral aid programme for China for the next three years; and if he will make a statement. (266035)

The allocations to China in 2009-10 and 2010-11 are £30 million and £20 million respectively. Any allocations for subsequent years will be determined during the next comprehensive spending round.

13. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what funding his Department has allocated to its bilateral aid programme for China for 2009-10; and if he will make a statement. (266037)

Aid Distribution Mechanisms

14. To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent steps his Department has taken to improve its mechanisms for public accountability for its distribution of aid; and if he will make a statement. (266038)

In line with the 2006 International Development (Reporting and Transparency) Act, the Department for International Development (DFID) provides annual reports to Parliament on the provision and use made of aid, and on aid-effectiveness and transparency. DFID has also established the Independent Advisory Committee on Development Impact to ensure independent, open, and transparent scrutiny of our development assistance. DFID is also committed to the International Aid Transparency Initiative, launched at the Accra High Level Forum on Aid Effectiveness in September 2008, which will make information about aid more available and accessible, helping the public to hold donors and Governments to account for the effective use of aid.

Burma: EU Aid

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what estimate he has made of the amount of EU cross-border aid to Burma in (a) 2007 and (b) 2008; and if he will make a statement. (265453)

Comprehensive information on cross-border aid to Burma is not available.

In 2007 the Department for International Development (DFID) agreed that its funding to the Thailand Burma Border Consortium (TBBC) may be used for cross-border programmes of support to internally displaced people in eastern Burma. DFID’s contribution to TBBC was £770,000 in 2007-08 and £1 million in 2009-09. DFID has not stipulated what proportion of these contributions should be allocated to cross-border programmes. DFID plans to give £1.1 million to TBBC in 2009-10, a 10 per cent. increase over 2008-09.

Several other EU member states, as well as the European Commission, give funding to TBBC. Overall the EU contributed about 55 per cent. of TBBC’s income in 2008. The Commission does not allow its contributions to be used for Thailand Burma cross-border programmes. Other member states have their own individual policies on how their funding to TBBC may be used.

DFID and the European Commission both contribute to cross-border health care provision from China to Kachin and Shan States in Burma. We estimate that spending on this programme, by UK financial year, was approximately:

2007-08—£571,000 (£235,000 from the Commission; and £336,000 from DFID)

2008-09—£426,000 (£204,000 from the Commission; and £222,000 from DFID)

Overseas Aid

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what mechanisms to ensure co-ordination between countries which give aid to developing nations the UK participates in; and if he will make a statement. (264833)

The UK Government strongly support and promote co-ordination among donors on both policy and implementation. At the global level the UK participates fully in co-ordination, for example through the Development Assistance Committee of the Organisation of Economic Co-operation and Development and the UN Development Co-operation Forum. The UK strongly supports the 2005 Paris Declaration on Aid Effectiveness and the 2008 Accra Agenda for Action (AAA) which contain specific commitments by donor countries and recipients to better co-ordinate development efforts. The UK is on target to meet all Paris Declaration targets by 2010.

In accordance with Paris targets, UK seeks to align its country programmes with partner country priorities and to harmonise and co-ordinate with other donors. This is achieved through Joint Assistance Strategies with other donors, in support of partner Governments setting out their development policies and how they wish donors to provide development assistance. The UK also co-ordinates closely with other donors in co-financing partner country programmes.

Overseas Aid: Water

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development pursuant to the Answer of 16 March 2009, Official Report, column 873W, on Africa: water, how his Department’s budget for its five-year water, sanitation and hygiene education programme is to be distributed. (265773)

The Department for International Development (DFID) in 2008 committed £1 billion over five years to increase our efforts to improve access to water and sanitation in Africa. This funding will be distributed through our country programmes in those African countries that are currently most off-track in making progress against the millennium development goals (MDGs)—most notably, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Ethiopia, Nigeria, Sierra Leone and the Sudan.

Further information on DFID’s water and sanitation policy is available in the 2008 strategy “Water: an increasingly precious resource, Sanitation: a matter of dignity” which is on the DFID website:

http://www.dfid.gov.uk/pubs/files/water-sanitation-policy-08.pdf

Sudan: Armed Conflict

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what estimate he has made of the monthly death rate in Darfur from (a) violence and (b) disease or malnutrition. (265472)

It is not possible to obtain regular mortality figures in Darfur or to disaggregate by cause. The UN Emergency Relief Co-ordinator, John Holmes, has suggested that the conflict in Darfur may have caused up to 300,000 deaths since the beginning of the conflict in 2003.

Sudan: Internally Displaced Persons

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what estimate he has made of the number of displaced persons in Darfur in each of the last five years. (265363)

The UN Office for the Co-ordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) has estimated that the number of people still internally displaced in Darfur at the end of each of the last five years as follows:

Number

2004

1,843,091

2005

1,790,096

2006

2,060,420

2007

2,420,970

2008

2,667,682

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent estimate he has made of the number of internally displaced persons in camps in Darfur. (265474)

The most recent estimate for internally displaced people (IDPs) in Darfur was undertaken by the UN Office for the Co-ordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) in January 2009, which reported 2,667,682 IDPs.

Sudan: Overseas Aid

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what the level of UK humanitarian aid to Darfur was in each of the last five years. (265473)

The Department for International Development (DFID) does not systematically disaggregate humanitarian aid by region within Sudan. Most of DFID’s humanitarian funding is channelled through the Common Humanitarian Fund (CHF) or appeal funding to the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC). According to Good Humanitarian Donorship principles, we cannot earmark funding by region within these instruments.

Sudan: Politics and Government

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what representations he has made to the Sudanese Government on the expulsion of aid agencies from Sudan. (265396)

The British ambassador has urged the Government of Sudan (GoS) to allow NGOs to continue their work. The European Union (EU) issued a statement on 10 March calling upon GoS to urgently reconsider their decision, and ensure that continued humanitarian assistance to the most vulnerable people in Sudan be restored. European Foreign Ministers discussed the situation again on 16 March and reiterated this message. We have, through official and ministerial level contacts, urged China, Russia, and Sudan’s African and Arab neighbours to press GoS to reverse their decision. The Secretary of State discussed this issue with regional African leaders, including Prime Minister Meles of Ethiopia, in the margins of the Africa Outreach meeting on 16 March. We have both had meetings with John Holmes, the UN’s Emergency Relief Co-ordinator. The UN is having extensive discussions with GoS in country.

Zimbabwe: Overseas Aid

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what the level of UK humanitarian aid to Zimbabwe will be in 2009-10. (265454)

The UK has provided approximately £49 million in the financial year 2008-09 to Zimbabwe to tackle the humanitarian crisis. We envisage a similar scale of support for 2009-10 dependent on the political situation.

Northern Ireland

Departmental Official Hospitality

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) what his Department’s entertainment budget was in each of the last five years; (261109)

(2) how much his Department has spent on (a) alcohol and (b) food in each of the last five years.

The Northern Ireland Office (NIO) records expenditure for entertainment, alcohol and food, under the description of either hospitality or catering. Due to the high volume of transactions within these expenditure areas it would be possible to extract the information only at disproportionate cost.

The Northern Ireland Office’s finance system is unable to provide prior year budget figures for five years, however, the following table shows the NIO’s expenditure, excluding agencies and executive NDPBs, on hospitality and catering in the last five years:

Hospitality and catering expenditure (£000)

2007-08

326

2006-07

575

2005-06

271

2004-05

236

2003-04

336

Hospitality events include Royal Garden Parties and receptions hosted at Hillsborough Castle, which acknowledge the contribution made by a wide range of people to life in Northern Ireland. These include representatives from the voluntary and business sectors and also the police and armed forces. The additional spending in 2006-07 is due to hospitality and catering costs relating to the political talks held at St. Andrews.

All expenditure has to be incurred in accordance with the principles of Managing Public Money and the Treasury handbook on Regularity and Propriety.

Departmental Public Consultation

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many public consultations his Department has conducted in the last 12 months; how long each consultation was open for; how many responses were received in each case; and what the cost of conducting each consultation was. (259695)

My Department, excluding agencies and non-departmental public bodies, conducted 13 public consultations in the last 12 months. Of the 13 consultations, all were 12 weeks long with the exception of number seven and nine which were 19 and 16 weeks respectively. The following table shows how many responses were received in each case and what the cost of conducting each consultation was.

Consultation number

Number of responses received in each consultation

Cost of conducting each consultation1 (£)

1

0

92.52

2

8

0

3

4

356.54

4

11

2,681.22

5

3

0

6

15

0

7

22

2,235.83

8

6

0

9

82

31,994.84

10

11

2,126.77

11

13

2,088.09

12

15

250.00

13

29

109.30

1 In the cost of conducting each consultation staff time has not been taken into account.

Political Parties: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland with reference to the letter from the hon. Member for Thurrock of 12 March 2009, on donations by Irish citizens and bodies to Northern Ireland political parties, if he will bring forward legislative proposals to prohibit a registered political party in Great Britain from transferring or donating funds to a registered political party in Northern Ireland. (266279)

Irish citizens and bodies may donate to Northern Ireland political parties but not to parties in Great Britain. To ensure that donations from Irish citizens and bodies cannot be made indirectly to parties in Great Britain, section 71C of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000 prevents Northern Ireland political parties from donating to recipients in Great Britain. There are no plans to bring forward legislative proposals to prevent parties in Great Britain from donating to Northern Ireland recipients.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland with reference to the letter from the hon. Member for Thurrock of 12 March 2009, on donations by Irish citizens and bodies to Northern Ireland political parties, if he will bring forward legislative proposals to restrict the list of permissible donors to registered political parties in Northern Ireland to those who are (a) resident and (b) registered as electors in (i) the UK and (ii) the Irish Republic. (266280)

The list of those permitted to donate to registered political parties in Northern Ireland includes those specified in section 54(2) of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. In 2007, Parliament also agreed that the list should be extended to include Irish citizens and bodies specified in the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000 (Northern Ireland Political Parties) Order 2007. There are no plans to further amend the list of permissible donors who may donate to Northern Ireland political parties.

Treasury

Bank Notes

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what estimate he has made of the value of the monetary notes of each denomination of sterling paper currency in circulation on the latest date for which figures are available. (265823)

The following table summarises the total value of Bank of England notes in circulation as of 27 February 2009.

Bank of England notes in circulation (value in £ million)

£5

1,302

£10

6,304

£20

28,089

£50

8,691

Total

44,386

The following table shows the figures reported for commercial banks that issue their own banknotes. These are estimates based on information reported to HM Revenue and Customs for the average of the four-week period ending 24 January 2009. Where numbers do not sum this is due to rounding.

Total value of notes of denomination £5 and upwards

Total value of notes of denomination under £5

Estimated commercial notes in circulation (value in £ million) total

Bank of Ireland

614.8

0.3

615.0

First Trust Bank

333.8

0

333.8

Northern Bank Ltd

304.9

0.4

305.3

Ulster Bank Ltd

466 7

0

466.7

Bank of Scotland

954.1

4.0

958.1

Royal Bank of Scotland

1.147.1

16.8

1,163.9

Clydesdale Bank

1,158.2

0

1,158.2

Banks: Finance

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what restrictions (a) his Department and (b) the Financial Services Authority have placed on the use of public money used to recapitalise British banks to provide loans made by banking subsidiaries of those banks operating outside the United Kingdom. (259863)

On 8 October 2008 the Government announced measures to support the stability of the financial system, protect ordinary savers, depositors, businesses and borrowers, and to safeguard the interests of the taxpayer.

As part of their investment, the Government agreed with the banks supported by the recapitalisation scheme a range of commitments. Details are available at

http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/press_105_08.htm.

The Government’s investment is managed on a commercial basis by UK Financial Investments Ltd. (UKFI), a company which is wholly owned by the Government. Its overarching objectives are to protect and create value for the taxpayer as a shareholder, with due regard to financial stability and acting in a way that promotes competition.

Borrowing: Insurance

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent complaints his Department has received from recipients of financial loans regarding payment protection insurance; and what recent investigations the Financial Services Authority has carried out on reported mis-selling of payment protection insurance on loans. (265594)

The Department has not received any complaints from recipients of financial loans regarding payment protection insurance in 2009.

The second part of the question, on recent investigations, is a matter for the Financial Services Authority, and I have asked them to reply to the hon. Member.

Departmental Databases

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many (a) records and (b) data categories there are in (i) the pay as you earn database, (ii) the Self Assessment database, (iii) the Tax Credits database, (iv) the Employment Framework, (v) the Citizen Identification Framework, (vi) the Primary and Secondary Tracking Framework, (vii) the National Insurance Recording system and (vii) the Child Benefit system. (265739)

The following table shows the number of records within the identified systems. There are many data categories of different kinds within each of the identified systems. A count of them all could be produced only at disproportionate cost.

Number (million)

PAYE

58

Self Assessment

15.5

Tax Credits System

11.1

Citizen Identification Framework

77

Primary Tracing Framework

177 individuals

27.7 employers

Secondary Tracing Framework

180 individuals

Employments Framework

3282 employments

27.7 employers

National Insurance Recording System

71

Child Benefit System

11

1 Individuals

2 Employers

3 Employments

Departmental Training

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the Answer of 28 January 2009, Official Report, column 585W, which Ministers attended each of the three courses; what the names of the courses were; and how much these courses cost. (265666)

As previously answered, identifying Ministers who undertake training would, or would be likely to, discourage participation in future training sessions, acting as a disincentive for Ministers to undertake formal professional development. Ministers have undertaken one Action Learning Set course and two media training courses. As previously disclosed, the cost of the three courses was £1,285.

Financial Services Authority: Standards

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer (1) how many firms did not meet the Financial Services Authority’s December 2008 Treating Customers Fairly scheme deadline; and what steps the authority took as a consequence; (265922)

(2) what criteria the Financial Services Authority used to determine whether a firm used unfair arrears management practice in its Treating Customers Fairly scheme;

(3) how many Arrow assessments the Financial Services Authority has (a) conducted to date and (b) planned for 2009 under its Treating Customers Fairly scheme;

(4) what mechanisms are in place to deal with firms which did not meet the Financial Services Authority’s December 2008 deadline for its Treating Customers Fairly scheme;

(5) which firms are on the Financial Services Authority’s Arrow Firm watch list; and how many have had (a) one assessment, (b) two assessments, (c) three assessments, (d) four assessments and (e) more than five assessments since the implementation of the Authority’s Treating Customers Fairly scheme;

(6) what review processes are used in an Arrow assessment by the Financial Services Authority;

(7) what estimate he has made of the number of customers dealt with by firms that did not comply with the Financial Services Authority’s Treating Customers Fairly scheme in each of the last three years;

(8) what estimate he has made of the number of customers dealt with by firms on the Financial Services Authority’s Arrow firm watch list in each of the last three years;

(9) how many (a) mainstream and (b) specialist lenders have been subject to Financial Services Authority investigation of their arrears management practices in each of the last three years; and how many were subsequently penalised;

(10) how many (a) mainstream and (b) specialist lenders were under supervision by the Financial Services Authority over their arrears management practices in each of the last three years;

(11) how many (a) mainstream and (b) specialist lenders have not met the Financial Services Authority’s Treating Customers Fairly scheme conditions since the scheme’s inception;

(12) what the targets to assess a firm’s compliance with the Financial Services Authority’s Treating Customers Fairly scheme are.

The matters raised in these questions are the responsibility of the Financial Services Authority, whose day to day operations are independent from Government control and influence. I have asked the FSA to write to the hon. Member.

Public Works Loan Board

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the answer of 11 March 2009, Official Report, column 420W, on the Public Works Loan Board, how much local authority debt borrowed from the Public Works Loan Board has been repaid in each of the last 18 months. (265872)

The amount of Public Works Loan Board debt repaid in each of the 18 months from 1 September 2007 is listed as follows:

£

Date

Total repayments

September 2007

412,584,781.86

October 2007

563,850,128.68

November 2007

415,834,729.99

December 2007

413,830,421.43

January 2008

47,483,918.05

February 2008

199,675,819.66

March 2008

89,419,576.25

April 2008

651,801,918.32

May 2008

46,457,906.64

June 2008

223,444,893.01

July 2008

188,963,829.36

August 2008

34,531,557.91

September 2008

102,715,176.96

October 2008

441,690,409.52

November 2008

716,463,247.15

December 2008

113,386,943.43

January 2009

2,726,948,213.64

February 2009

193,517,071.47

Quantitative Easing

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer for what purposes his Department plans to use the £75 billion of Bank of England gilt purchases. (265652)

The Government’s annual financing requirement is unaffected by purchases of gilts by the Bank of England. The impact of the Bank of England’s purchases of gilts, which are bought by the Bank on the secondary market, is to increase the volume of gilts that are held by the Bank of England’s Asset Purchase Facility Fund (BEAPFF) and to increase cash in the hands of the entities that have sold the gilts

Trident

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when his Department’s Major Projects Review Group is expected to complete its review of the future nuclear deterrent capability programme. (264970)

Major Projects Review Group reviews are timetabled to suit the overall timetable of the project being reviewed. The Major Projects Review Group is expected to review the future nuclear deterrent programme in the second half of 2009. Each review takes approximately six to eight weeks to complete.

Written Questions: Government Responses

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he plans to answer Question 244470, on the Modernisation Fund, tabled on 11 December 2008. (265552)

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he plans to answer Question 242249, on staff severance packages, tabled on 5 December 2008. (265557)

Justice

Alternatives to Prison: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what the budget for custody diversion teams was in (a) 2008-09, (b) 2007-08, (c) 2006-07 and (d) 2005-06. (258339)

The Government believe that serious, dangerous and seriously persistent offenders should be sent to prison. A range of initiatives offer alternatives to custody where appropriate. None bears the name ‘custody diversion team’.

The Youth Justice Board runs two programmes delivering high intensity community alternatives to custody for young offenders under 18 years of age. These are the intensive supervision and surveillance programme (ISSP) and the intensive fostering (IF) programme. ISSP is available nationally; intensive fostering is being piloted in a programme that commenced in 2006-07. The budget for these programmes is listed in the table.

Budgets for intensive supervision and surveillance (ISSP) and intensive fostering (IF) programmes 2005-06 to 2008-09

£ million

Programme

2008-09

2007-08

2006-07

2005-06

ISSP

34.0

33.4

32.0

32.0

IF

4.1

1.5

1.5

The seven intensive alternative to custody (IAC) projects, outlined in my announcement on 5 December 2007, provide courts with enhanced community sentencing options, combining intensive supervision and demanding interventions to punish and reform adult offenders. The projects are designed to use current legislation to maximise the use of the community order in those cases where the court may be considering custody but where a community sentence may be more effective in reducing reoffending. The Government have made available a total of £13.9 million over three years (£2.7 million in 2008-09; £5.5 million in 2009-10 and £5.7 million in 2010-11).

Adult offenders sentenced to Community Payback have, since 1 December 2008, been required to wear distinctive high visibility clothing to ensure that members of the public are aware when Community Payback by offenders is taking place. Intensive Community Payback of a minimum of 18 hours per week over three days is now available in all probation areas for unemployed offenders convicted of knife crime offences.

The Government announced on 13 February 2009 investment of £15.6 million over two years to divert vulnerable women, who are not serious or dangerous offenders, from custody.

There are other related strands of work including the Bail Accommodation and Support Service and mental health services.

Departmental Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice pursuant to the answer of 29 January 2009, Official Report, columns 740-1W, which Ministers in his Department attended the six action learning set training courses; and how much those courses cost. (265668)

The Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Justice my hon. Friend the Member for Lewisham, East (Bridget Prentice) and my noble Friend, Lord Hunt of Kings Heath, then Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Justice attended the six action learning set courses, at a total cost of £1,400.

Driving Offences: Hampshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many people in each age group have been (a) charged and (b) convicted of driving offences of each type in (i) Southampton and (ii) the ceremonial county of Hampshire in each of the last five years. (264913)

The number of proceedings at magistrates courts and findings of guilt at all courts for driving offences in Hampshire from 2003 to 2007 (latest available), broken down by age group are given in the following tables.

Charging data are not collected centrally and prosecutions data are given in lieu. Information is collected at police force area level; figures for Southampton are not available.

Data for 2008 will be available in the autumn of 2009.

Table 1: Number of persons proceeded against at magistrates courts for various motoring offences within Hampshire police force area by age group, 2003-071, 2

Number of offences

2003

2004

2005

Offences group

Offence type

under 21

21 and over

Total

under 21

21 and over

Total

under 21

21 and over

Total

1

Causing death or bodily harm

11

11

6

4

10

2

12

14

2

Dangerous driving

87

181

268

93

191

284

60

156

216

3

Driving etc, after consuming alcohol or taking drugs

557

3,484

4,041

563

3,558

4,121

493

3,206

3,699

4

Careless driving

290

1,097

1,387

249

1,158

1,407

240

926

1,166

5

Accident offences

177

709

886

165

695

860

123

493

616

6

Unauthorised taking or theft of motor vehicle

663

480

1,143

579

359

938

500

348

848

7

Driving licence related offences

3,111

9,528

12,639

2,649

9,005

11,654

2,103

7,099

9,202

9

Vehicle insurance offences

3,571

11,721

15,292

3,057

11,311

14,368

2,481

8,953

11,434

10

Vehicle registration and excise licence offences

354

8,482

8,836

347

8,237

8,584

253

5,756

6,009

11

Work record and employment offences

745

745

633

633

274

274

12

Operator's licence offences

63

63

1

68

69

27

27

13

Vehicle test offences

2,140

7,929

10,069

1,671

6,861

8,532

1,189

4,926

6,115

14

Fraud, forgery etc., associated with vehicle or driver records

44

380

424

38

348

386

27

176

203

15

Vehicle or part in dangerous or defective condition

266

973

1,239

181

724

905

137

476

613

16

Speed limit offences

333

5,344

5,677

286

4,339

4,625

333

5,178

5,511

17

Motorway offences(other than speeding)

9

78

87

8

96

104

7

57

64

18

Neglect of traffic directions

108

654

762

156

577

733

151

646

797

19

Neglect of pedestrian rights

30

71

101

13

78

91

34

62

96

20

Obstruction, waiting and parking offences

1

151

152

1

99

100

30

30

21

Lighting offences

101

377

478

58

166

224

17

48

65

22

Noise offences

26

109

135

22

80

102

19

50

69

23

Load offences

6

213

219

1

138

139

55

55

24

Offences peculiar to motor cycles

72

11

83

61

20

81

102

27

129

25

Miscellaneous motoring offences

139

1,479

1,618

137

1,808

1,945

112

2,172

2,284

Total all offences

12,085

54,270

66,355

10,342

50,553

60,895

8,383

41,153

49,536

Number of offences

2006

2007

Offences group

Offence type

under 21

21 and over

Total

under 21

21 and over

Total

1

Causing death or bodily harm

3

3

6

3

22

25

2

Dangerous driving

40

134

174

56

123

179

3

Driving etc, after consuming alcohol or taking drugs

464

2,782

3,246

425

2,730

3,155

4

Careless driving

192

818

1,010

253

1,273

1,526

5

Accident offences

103

399

502

135

495

630

6

Unauthorised taking or theft of motor vehicle

425

245

670

544

352

896

7

Driving licence related offences

1,390

5,077

6,467

1,202

4,204

5,406

9

Vehicle insurance offences

1,721

6,767

8,488

1,458

5,567

7,025

10

Vehicle registration and excise licence offences

244

5,113

5,357

167

3,447

3,614

11

Work record and employment offences

1

268

269

73

73

12

Operator's licence offences

16

16

10

10

13

Vehicle test offences

594

2,765

3,359

275

1,252

1,527

14

Fraud, forgery etc., associated with vehicle or driver records

10

128

138

12

95

107

15

Vehicle or part in dangerous or defective condition

82

322

404

62

241

303

16

Speed limit offences

299

4,680

4,979

433

4,891

5,324

17

Motorway offences(other than speeding)

5

57

62

6

36

42

18

Neglect of traffic directions

100

590

690

108

510

618

19

Neglect of pedestrian rights

25

62

87

25

45

70

20

Obstruction, waiting and parking offences

2

45

47

1

41

42

21

Lighting offences

26

52

78

23

66

89

22

Noise offences

9

20

29

2

16

18

23

Load offences

44

44

1

33

34

24

Offences peculiar to motor cycles

96

35

131

93

18

111

25

Miscellaneous motoring offences

117

1,935

2,052

126

2,498

2,624

Total all offences

5,948

32,357

38,305

5,410

28,038

33,448

1 It is known that for some police force areas, the reporting of court proceedings in particular those relating to summary motoring offences, may be less than complete.

2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

Source:

Office for Criminal Justice Reform - Evidence & Analysis Unit [Ref: IOS 161-09]

Table 2: Number of persons found guilty at all courts for various motoring offences within Hampshire police force area by age group, 2003-071, 2, 3

Number of offences

2003

2004

2005

Offences group

Offence type

under 21

21 and over

Total

under 21

21 and over

Total

under 21

21 and over

Total

1

Causing death or bodily harm

7

7

2

4

6

2

4

6

2

Dangerous driving

53

114

167

49

104

153

43

89

132

3

Driving etc, after consuming alcohol or taking drugs

509

3,154

3,663

519

3,224

3,743

455

2,917

3,372

4

Careless driving

243

848

1,091

190

918

1,108

201

675

876

5

Accident offences

130

451

581

120

411

531

91

291

382

6

Unauthorised taking or theft of motor vehicle

397

232

629

395

186

581

348

214

562

7

Driving licence related offences

2,260

6,572

8,832

1,985

6,088

8,073

1,556

4,910

6,466

9

Vehicle insurance offences

2,536

8,086

10,622

2,214

7,627

9,841

1,809

6,198

8,007

10

Vehicle registration and excise licence offences

293

6,834

7,127

290

6,848

7,138

208

4,899

5,107

11

Work record and employment offences

529

529

532

532

230

230

12

Operator's licence offences

48

48

1

50

51

19

19

13

Vehicle test offences

1,359

5,082

6,441

1,036

4,141

5,177

721

3,024

3,745

14

Fraud, forgery etc., associated with vehicle or driver records

32

259

291

30

232

262

18

126

144

15

Vehicle or part in dangerous or defective condition

213

755

968

155

557

712

113

363

476

16

Speed limit offences

319

5,044

5,363

272

4,032

4,304

313

4,813

5,126

17

Motorway offences(other than speeding)

7

66

73

8

85

93

4

56

60

18

Neglect of traffic directions

84

534

618

125

466

591

119

525

644

19

Neglect of pedestrian rights

26

68

94

11

66

77

27

46

73

20

Obstruction, waiting and parking offences

1

113

114

1

70

71

24

24

21

Lighting offences

79

285

364

41

115

156

15

29

44

22

Noise offences

21

85

106

14

55

69

16

38

54

23

Load offences

6

192

198

1

133

134

50

50

24

Offences peculiar to motor cycles

65

9

74

50

13

63

87

22

109

25

Miscellaneous motoring offences

96

1,086

1,182

107

1,385

1,492

82

1,681

1,763

Total all offences

8,729

40,453

49,182

7,616

37,342

44,958

6,228

31,243

37,471

20062007

Offences group

Offence type

under 21

21 and over

Total

under 21

21 and over

Total

1

Causing death or bodily harm

4

5

9

3

9

12

2

Dangerous driving

29

88

117

36

88

124

3

Driving etc, after consuming alcohol or taking drugs

427

2,566

2,993

403

2,571

2,974

4

Careless driving

157

626

783

213

1,057

1,270

5

Accident offences

74

264

338

106

303

409

6

Unauthorised taking or theft of motor vehicle

335

172

507

431

220

651

7

Driving licence related offences

1,094

3,718

4,812

1,055

3,482

4,537

9

Vehicle insurance offences

1,346

5,019

6,365

1,277

4,614

5,891

10

Vehicle registration and excise licence offences

197

4,177

4,374

131

2,876

3,007

11

Work record and employment offences

1

180

181

64

64

12

Operator's licence offences

14

14

7

7

13

Vehicle test offences

373

1,701

2,074

214

863

1,077

14

Fraud, forgery etc., associated with vehicle or driver records

9

87

96

8

58

66

15

Vehicle or part in dangerous or defective condition

70

254

324

51

218

269

16

Speed limit offences

279

4,365

4,644

408

4,512

4,920

17

Motorway offences(other than speeding)

5

47

52

5

28

33

18

Neglect of traffic directions

84

500

584

95

441

536

19

Neglect of pedestrian rights

21

49

70

16

37

53

20

Obstruction, waiting and parking offences

1

33

34

1

31

32

21

Lighting offences

20

34

54

15

55

70

22

Noise offences

7

16

23

1

11

12

23

Load offences

41

41

30

30

24

Offences peculiar to motor cycles

87

32

119

86

17

103

25

Miscellaneous motoring offences

100

1,474

1,574

91

1,916

2,007

Total all offences

4,720

25,462

30,182

4,646

23,508

28,154

1 It is known that for some police force areas, the reporting of court proceedings in particular those relating to summary motoring offences, may be less than complete.

2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

3 The numbers found guilty may exceed those proceeded against in table 1, as it may be the case that the proceedings in the magistrates' court took place in the preceding year to the defendant being found guilty at the Crown Court in the following year, or the defendant was found guilty for a different offence to the original offence proceeded against.

Source:

Office for Criminal Justice Reform - Evidence & Analysis Unit [Ref IOS 161-09]

Fines: Enforcement

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many times he has exercised his power to deduct funds from an offender’s income support payments in the pursuance of enforcement of a (a) fine and (b) compensation order under section 24 of the Criminal Justice Act 1991 in each of the last five years. (266406)

The following table shows the number of Deductions from Benefit Orders imposed by the courts under the Courts Act 2003 Fines Collection Scheme since April 2006 to February 2009, the latest date for which data are available. Full data are only available from April 2006 and cannot be broken down between fines and compensation.

Financial year: orders

Number of deductions from benefits

April 2008 to February 2009

274,387

2007-08

216,402

2006-07

241,915

Firearms

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what sentencing guidelines apply to convictions for offences arising from the purchase and use of ball-bearing guns; and if he will make a statement. (265776)

Ball-bearing guns which fire small plastic pellets are usually referred to as airsoft or BB guns and are treated in law as imitation firearms.

The maximum sentence for possession of an imitation firearm in a public place is 12 months imprisonment, or a £5,000 fine, or both. The Magistrates Courts Sentencing Guidelines have a starting point of a high level community order for carrying a loaded air weapon, with a sentencing range of a medium level community order to 26 weeks custody.

It is an offence for someone under 18 to purchase or hire an air weapon or ammunition for an air weapon; the maximum penalty is six months’ detention or a £5,000 fine, or both. There are no sentencing guidelines for this offence.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what estimate he has made of the number of (a) prosecutions and (b) convictions for offences involving ball-bearing guns in each of the last three years. (265778)

It is not possible from the statistics collected centrally on the Ministry of Justice Court Proceedings Database to distinguish offences relating to ball bearing guns, or more accurately airsoft weapons, from other imitation firearms.

Governance of Britain: Public Consultation

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many (a) organisations and (b) individuals were specifically invited to comment on the National Framework for Greater Citizen Engagement discussion paper. (265737)

Approximately 1,000 organisations and individuals from the Governance of Britain stakeholder database were alerted via e-mail to the publication of the National Framework for Greater Citizen Engagement discussion paper. The discussion paper, which was made available on line and in hard copy, invited views on proposals for the greater use of engagement mechanisms by national Government.

HM Court Service: Redundancy

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many redundancies HM Court Service expects to make in 2009-10. (264664)

Her Majesty's Courts Service has no current plans to make redundancies during the financial year 2009-10.

Land Registry

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice in relation to how many low value personal injury claim cases the Land Registry has authorised surveillance operations on employees; what the cost of conducting surveillance was in each case; who authorised the hiring of private investigators in such cases; and what procedures are followed by the Land Registry to ensure that any surveillance of staff by private investigators is proportionate. (265532)

Land Registry has drawn no distinction between the value of personal injury claims. There have been six personal injury claims in Land Registry where controlled and limited surveillance was authorised on employees. These were all part of one overall investigation.

The cost of conducting the surveillance in each case was as follows:

Cost of conducting surveillance (£)

Case 1

587.50

Case 2

5,287.50

Case 3

10,960

Case 4

7,050

Case 5

8,812.50

Case 6

8,812.50

The costs awarded to Land Registry following the successful defence and withdrawal of the claims exceeded these amounts. The authorisation of the surveillance was given by the then acting director of HR.

In deciding to authorise surveillance, Land Registry considered the seriousness of the issue, the potential cost of the case and the impact on the organisation’s core business and weighed this against the potential impact on the privacy of the individuals and their friends and family as well as the ongoing employment relationship. The surveillance was restricted to public environments, which limited the level of intrusion. The nature of this as a test case established a likelihood of high costs in the defence of the case, in payments to individuals if the cases were found proven and potentially in significant change to the organisations core business processes and the equipment used. With supporting legal advice it was agreed that the surveillance was a proportionate and justified action in defending this case.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many unfair dismissal cases were brought against the Land Registry in each of the last two years; how many of them were settled before a hearing in each year; how many of them progressed to a full hearing; how many of these cases were lost by the Land Registry in each year; what costs were awarded against the Land Registry in relation to such cases in each year; and what the cost of (a) solicitors' and (b) barristers' fees for such cases was in each year. (265534)

Seven unfair dismissal cases were brought against Land Registry in 2007-08. 10 unfair dismissal cases were brought against Land Registry in 2008-09.

One case was settled in 2007-08. No cases were settled in 2008-09.

No unfair dismissal cases progressed to full hearing in either 2007-08 or 2008-09.

As no unfair dismissal cases progressed to a hearing, none have been lost by the Land Registry in either 2007-08 or 2008-09.

There were no costs awarded against Land Registry for unfair dismissal in either 2007-08 or 2008-09.

Solicitors' fees for such cases in 2007-08 were £5,739.49 and in 2008-09 were £33,099.30.

Barristers' fees for such cases in 2007-08 were £1,353.50 and in 2008-09 were £6,067.70.

All 2008-09 figures are as of 24 March 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many personal injury claims have been brought against the Land Registry in each of the last two years; how many out-of-court settlements of such cases there were in each year; what the cost to the Land Registry was of such cases in each year; how many cases progressed to court in each year; and what the cost for (a) medical advice and (b) legal advice of defending these cases was in each year. (265535)

14 personal injury claims have been brought against the Land Registry in 2007-08 and 10 in 2008-09.

There was one out-of-court settlement in 2007-08 and one in 2008-09.

The cost to Land Registry of such cases in 2007-08 was £1,200 and in 2008-09 was £1,575.

No cases have progressed to court in either 2007-08 or 2008-09.

The cost for medical advice in defending these cases in 2007-08 was £305.50 and in 2008-09 was £517.

The cost for legal advice of defending these cases in 2007-08 was £2,132.63 and in 2008-09 was £34,906.08.

All 2008-09 figures are as of 24 March 2009.

Land Registry: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many people the Land Registry (a) employs and (b) employed in each of the last five years. (265244)

The information requested is contained within the following table. The figures reflect the headcount (rather than full-time equivalent) of full and part-time payroll staff, on-strength. The full-time equivalent figure would be lower.

As at 1 March each year

Headcount

2009

7,785

2008

8,147

2007

8,342

2006

8,440

2005

8,707

Magistrates Courts: Hertfordshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many cases were heard in the magistrates courts in (a) Hemel Hempstead and (b) Hertfordshire in each year since 1997. (265809)

The number of defendants proceeded against at magistrates courts, heard at magistrates courts and committed for trial at the Crown Court, for all offences in Hertfordshire police force area, 1997 to 2007 is contained in the table.

Information held centrally cannot be broken down to constituency or court level, thus Hertfordshire police force area data have been provided in lieu.

These data are on the principal offence basis. The figures given in the table on court proceedings relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offence for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences, the offence selected is the one for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.

Court proceedings data for 2008 will be available in the autumn of 2009.

Number of defendants proceeded against at magistrates courts, heard at magistrates courts and committed for trial at the Crown court, for all offences in Hertfordshire police force area, 1997 to 20071,2

Of which:

Proceeded against

Heard at magistrates courts3

Committed for trial at the Crown court

1997

25,450

24,567

883

1998

28,270

27,586

684

1999

27,368

26,540

828

2000

28,507

27,575

932

2001

27,380

26,476

904

2002

28,825

27,792

1,033

2003

33,377

32,219

1,158

2004

37,088

35,892

1,196

2005

38,134

36,802

1,332

2006

34,584

33,223

1,361

2007

30,661

29,614

1,047

1 These data are on the principal offence basis.

2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts, and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

3 Includes proceedings discontinued, discharged, withdrawn, dismissed, and found guilty at the magistrates courts.

Source:

OCJR—E & A: Office for Criminal Justice Reform—Evidence and Analysis Unit

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what percentage of sentences imposed in magistrates courts in (a) Hemel Hempstead and (b) Hertfordshire were appealed against to the Crown Court in each year since 1997. (265810)

Information is only available for Hertfordshire on the number of offenders sentenced and the number of appeals against sentences and convictions from 1997-2007, which is set out in the table. It is not possible to calculate a percentage between these two methods of counting, as one counts offenders and the other offences.

Hertfordshire

Total sentenced

Total appealed against sentence1

1997

18,185

56

1998

20,217

143

1999

20,058

142

2000

20,246

143

2001

19,404

121

2002

20,076

102

2003

23,820

116

2004

26,091

118

2005

27,431

156

2006

25,661

176

2007

23,704

153

1 Figures include appeals against both conviction and sentence

Magistrates Courts: Hertfordshire

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many trials in magistrates courts in (a) Hemel Hempstead and (b) Hertfordshire did not take place on the initial agreed date of hearing in each year since 1997. (265811)

Information is only available on the number of trials that failed to take place on the agreed hearing date in each year since 2003 in the magistrates courts in Hertfordshire. This information is set out in the following table:

Period

Total number of trials

Number of trials which did not take place on agreed date

2003-04

3,546

2,314

2004-05

3,805

2,403

2005-06

5,322

3,307

2006-07

5,064

2,862

2007-08

4,492

2,450

National Offender Management Information System

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice which private sector prisons have access to Prison-NOMIS. (264667)

Prison-NOMIS will be deployed to public prisons from spring 2009 to summer 2010. Following on from that roll-out, the needs of the contracted-out prisons (COPs) will be addressed. The approach to individual COPs may vary depending on their own internal IT systems and either Prison-NOMIS could be deployed to a COP or an interface with the COP's existing case management system and Prison-NOMIS could be established.

Provided that adequate additional funding was made available, all COPs would gain access to Prison-NOMIS by one means or another. Consequently, there would be no detraction from public safety.

Offenders: Ex-servicemen

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what systems of identification and support the Probation Service operates for offenders who have previously served in the armed forces. (265825)

There is currently no dedicated identification system for ex-servicemen and women under Probation supervision. This will change with the introduction of P-NOMIS which contains specific data entry field for ex-service offenders. In the interim, we will send out a notice under a Probation circular to highlight services provided by ex veterans charities, and support available as part of the veterans prison in-reach initiative.

Prison Sentences

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many recategorisation reviews for Category A prisoners (a) have been undertaken and (b) involved an oral hearing in each year since 2000. (265978)

Category A prisoners have their categorisation reviewed once yearly by staff at the prison in which they are held. Every five years their categorisation will be subject to a formal review by the Director of High Security. The exact number of reviews is not centrally recorded. There has only been one oral hearing which was held in 2002.

Prison Service: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice pursuant to the answer of 26 February 2009, Official Report, column 994W, on prisons: manpower, how many prison officers at each grade there were in each prison in England and Wales on 31 March in each year from 1997 to 2004. (265829)

Information on the number of officers in each establishment (public and private sector), by grade, in each year from 1997 to 2004 has been placed in both Libraries of the House.

Prison Service: Vetting

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice whether people applying to become (a) prison officers and (b) other prison service staff are required to have a Criminal Records Bureau check. (266170)

Criminal record checks are undertaken for all staff (prison officers and other staff) working in prison establishments. Criminal Records Bureau disclosure checks are undertaken on all staff working with young persons under the age of 18.

Prisons: Alcoholic Drinks

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what estimate he has made of (a) the number and (b) the proportion of prisoners diagnosed with alcohol problems in each prison in England and Wales, in each of the last 10 years. (265702)

A number of studies have provided a picture of the alcohol-related problems experienced by those entering prisons:

Research1 carried out by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) in 1997 stated that 63 per cent. of sentenced males and 39 per cent. of sentenced females reported a hazardous drinking pattern in the year before coming into prison. This figure rises to 70 per cent. in the case of young adult offenders. The numbers who are physically dependent on alcohol, which can be defined as those who need alcohol detoxification (Tiers 3 and 4 of Models of Care for Alcohol Misusers (MoCAM)), are much lower at around 8 per cent. of females and 7 per cent. of males.

The Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SCPR) study2, a large national longitudinal survey of newly sentenced adult prisoners, reported in 2008 that 36 per cent. of the sample could be classified as heavy drinkers. However, heavy drinking—defined as drinking more than twice the recommended sensible daily limits—is not directly comparable to the hazardous drinking category used in the ONS report.

1 Substance misuse among prisoners in England and Wales, Further analysis of data from the ONS survey of psychiatric morbidity among prisoners, Singleton N, Farrell M and Meltzer H (1999) Office for National Statistics

2 The problem and needs of newly sentenced prisoners; results from a national survey, Stewart. D (2008). MOJ Research Series 16/08.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how much has been spent on services countering the effects of alcohol in prisons in each of the last 10 years. (265827)

A range of interventions are available in prisons to support those with an alcohol problem:

clinical services—alcohol detoxification is available in all local and remand prisons;

where alcohol is part of a wider substance misuse problem, the full range of drug interventions are available;

a number of prisons run alcohol awareness courses;

Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) run groups in over 65 per cent. of prisons;

some offending behaviour programmes address the underlying factors which occur in alcohol related crime;

an accredited 12-step alcohol programme is being run at HMP Bullingdon;

a further Cognitive Behavioural Alcohol Programme has been piloted at HMP Hull, Forest Bank, Glen Parva and Chelmsford;

for those prisons involved in the roll-out of the Integrated Drug Treatment System (IDTS) a 90 minute alcohol awareness session has been developed; and

the young persons substance misuse service for 16 to 18-year-old prisoners has a particular focus on alcohol.

The Ministry of Justice has established a working group to develop proposals to increase the provision of alcohol treatment available in prisons. The number of prisoners accessing services specifically aimed at their alcohol misuse is not collated centrally.

Prisons: Activities

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what steps he plans to take consequent on the assessment in the latest annual report of HM Chief Inspector of Prisons that activity levels are still not high enough in nearly half of training prisons. (265703)

HM Chief Inspector of Prisons annual report 2007-08 called for increases in activity. It also acknowledged that there has already been an overall improvement. During the period 2005-08, the number of hours per prisoner per week increased from 26.1 to 28 hours in Category B prisons and 25.9 to 26.1 hours in Category C prisons.

The National Offender Management Service, in partnership with the Learning and Skills Council, is working to improve education and training provision by prioritising activities according to individual learner need and on focusing on activities which develop skills for employment. Efficiencies to maximise the take up of education and training places will increase purposeful activity hours.

We are increasing training workshop places in prisons in partnership with the private sector. This includes increasing the number of prison information and communications training academies, in partnership with CISCO Systems; a partnership with Timpsons, whose core business is shoe and watch repair and engraving; and a tool repair workshop with Travis Perkins.

The education assessment undertaken for the report by Ofsted and Estyn (Wales) reported that in 2007-08 76 per cent. of prisons education passed inspection. This compares with just 22 per cent. in 2002-03. The number of prisoners taking part in education has increased by one-third since 2006.

The prison capacity programme aims to ensure that there are sufficient training and employment places within new prisons or where significant expansion within existing prisons takes place.

Witnesses: Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what assistance is available to witnesses who give evidence in cases of alleged antisocial behaviour by neighbours, to protect them against possible retaliatory action by those neighbours. (265380)

I have been asked to reply.

The Home Office is responsible for the policy on antisocial behaviour.

The use of hearsay evidence in civil proceedings involving antisocial behaviour allows witnesses to remain anonymous. We have also put in place measures to allow for the identities of those too fearful to give evidence to be protected in antisocial behaviour orders (ASBOs) cases.

The Serious Organised Crime and Police Act 2005 introduced special measures for witnesses in proceedings for ASBOs. These measures were introduced to address concerns about the protection of vulnerable and intimidated witnesses. The measures include screening witnesses from the defendants, giving evidence through video link or in private, and the use of video recorded evidence. Special dedicated antisocial behaviour response courts have been established in magistrates' courts sitting in their civil capacity to ensure that witness issues are addressed. Local agencies have developed efficient case management systems which include working in partnership with key agencies to provide support to victims after court proceedings. In addition the Home Office has issued a good practice guide to practitioners on how best to support victims and witnesses of antisocial behaviour through the whole length of the witness pathway. A range of detailed guidance is set out on the Home Office's website on antisocial behaviour website.

Young Offenders: Custodial Treatment

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many people in custody under the age of 18 years were required to share living accommodation with other convicted persons over the age of 18 years for at least part of their time in custody in the last 12 months. (266456)

Information on the number of young people (16 to 17-year-olds) who have been required to share accommodation with young adults (18 to 21-year-olds) is not collected centrally.

Young people are not routinely required to share accommodation with young adults. They will only do so in a small number of cases where there are exceptional circumstances, such as the need to manage disruptive and violent behaviour, and where this is considered to be the preferred course of action.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many people under the age of 18 years were held in (a) custody, (b) junior detention centres, (c) prisons, (d) mental health units and (e) other secure units on the latest date for which figures are available. (266457)

At the end of January 2009, the latest date for which figures are available, there were 2,634 juveniles aged under 18 in custody in England and Wales. Of these, 2,222 were in YOIs, 228 in STCs and 184 in SCHs.

These figures are taken from the brief published at the following website which is updated monthly:

http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/populationincustody.htm

These figures have been drawn from administrative IT systems, which, as with any large scale recording system, are subject to possible errors with data entry and processing.

Published information is not available to exactly answer part (d) of this question.

The annual Statistical Bulletin on Mentally Disordered Offenders shows that as of 31 December 2007 (the latest data for which published figures are available), there were 111 restricted patients (101 male and 10 female) aged 20 years and under detained within mental health units in England and Wales.

Further information can be found within table 4 of “Statistics of Mentally Disordered Offenders 2007: England and Wales”, which can be downloaded from:

http://www.justice.gov.uk/docs/mentally-disordered-offenders-2007.pdf

Defence

Afghanistan: Peacekeeping Operations

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether proposals have been made to his Department for the lease of medium and heavy lift helicopters for use in Afghanistan. (264144)

The Ministry of Defence uses helicopters provided by SkyLink Aviation through the NATO ISAF Contracted Air Transport (ICAT) contract to move freight. During periods of peak activity the UK supplements the NATO ICAT with a national contract providing medium and heavy helicopter lift.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence if he will make an assessment of the extent to which the Taliban are using body armour in combat with UK forces. (265710)

It is not appropriate to comment on assessments made of enemy forces' capabilities for operational security reasons.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much has been spent on ammunitions for operations in Helmand province in each month since 2001; and if he will make a statement. (265970)

[holding answer 24 March 2009]: I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 19 January 2009, Official Report, column 1042W.

The costs of operations in Afghanistan in 2008-09 are expected to be available in July.

Armed Forces Day: Essex

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether he plans to enable organisations based in Essex to participate in Armed Forces Day on 27 June 2009. (265680)

The MOD is keen to support organisations in Essex, as with those in all other parts of the country, planning to run armed forces day events. Support is made available in the form of a financial grant and with the participation of local service units where this can be arranged. Within Essex, we are aware that Southend-on-Sea borough council are planning to hold a major armed forces day event on 27 June and they have been awarded a financial grant from the MOD to assist with the costs. We have also invited all local authorities in the county to participate in a ‘fly the flag’ initiative, which involves holding a flag raising ceremony (ideally involving cadets and veterans) on 22 June at 10.30 to coincide with other similar events across the country. Braintree borough council, along with a number of other authorities in the county, have confirmed that they intend to participate in this activity.

Armed Forces: Brunei

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much his Department has spent on basing Gurkha soldiers in Brunei Darussalam in each year since 2005. (265145)

The cost of basing Gurkha soldiers in Brunei depends largely on how many soldiers based there are deployed on operations. In 2005 and 2007, the resident battalion deployed to Afghanistan as a unit.

Financial year

MOD expenditure on basing Gurkhas in Brunei (£ million)

2005-06

8

2006-07

2

2007-08

21

Figures for 2008-09 are not yet available.

Armed Forces: Career Development

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many (a) officers and (b) other ranks there are in each pay range at each level in the armed services. (264964)

The information requested is provided in the tables.

The numbers include all regular officers and other ranks on the main pay scales. Regular officers and other ranks who are on separate bespoke pay spines, e.g. chaplains, medical and dental officers, professional aviators, officers promoted from the ranks, as well as reservists are excluded.

The numbers shown against each level are as at January 2009. The pay rates shown are for 2008-09.

Other ranks are allocated to either the higher or lower pay spines in accordance with their trade.

Officers

Rank

Officers pay spine

Number of personnel

Pay rate

Chief of the Defence Staff

Level 4

0

235,968.84

Level 3

1

231,342.48

Level 2

0

226,805.76

Level 1

0

222,358.68

Navy: Admiral

OF9 Level 6

2

170,790.96

Army: General

OF9 Level 5

4

167,439.96

RAF: Air Chief Marshal

OF9 Level 4

0

164,159.04

OF9 Level 3

0

160,938.96

OF9 Level 2

1

157,784.04

OF9 Level 1

2

154,700.04

Navy: Vice Admiral

OF8 Level 6

0

143,722.56

R.M.: Lieutenant General

OF8 Level 5

0

139,156.56

Army: Lieutenant General

OF8 Level 4

1

134,588.52

RAF: Air Marshal

OF8 Level 3

4

130,022.52

OF8 Level 2

13

122,799.60

OF8 Level 1

7

115,576.56

Navy: Rear Admiral

OF7 Level 7

5

110,778.60

R.M.: Major General

OF7 Level 6

5

108,480.60

Army: Major General

OF7 Level 5

6

106,180.56

RAF: Air Vice Marshal

OF7 Level 4

3

103,880.52

OF7 Level 3

22

101,580.60

OF7 Level 2

22

99,654.60

OF7 Level 1

25

98,198.52

Navy: Commodore

OF6 Level 5

94

96,287.76

R.M.: Brigadier

OF6 Level 4

43

95,343.12

Army: Brigadier

OF6 Level 3

54

94,410.24

RAF: Air Commodore

OF6 Level 2

75

93,473.40

OF6 Level 1

68

92,536.56

Navy: Captain

OF5 Level 9

77

85,267.68

R.M.: Colonel

OF5 Level 8

38

84,300.00

Army: Colonel

OF5 Level 7

61

83,332.20

RAF: Group Captain

OF5 Level 6

83

82,368.24

OF5 Level 5

129

81,404.40

OF5 Level 4

134

80,440.44

OF5 Level 3

153

79,476.60

OF5 Level 2

170

78,508.80

OF5 Level 1

195

77,544.84

Navy: Commander

OF4 Level 9

587

74,022.60

R.M.: Lieutenant Colonel

OF4 Level 8

205

73,065.00

Army: Lieutenant Colonel

OF4 Level 7

248

72,107.52

RAF: Wing Commander

OF4 Level 6

299

71,158.56

OF4 Level 5

357

67,293.84

OF4 Level 4

368

66,454.32

OF4 Level 3

484

65,614.32

OF4 Level 2

511

64,774.80

OF4 Level 1

513

63,927.36

Navy: Lieutenant Commander

OF3 Level 9

1,679

54,550.56

R.M.: Major

OF3 Level 8

520

53,421.72

Army: Major

OF3 Level 7

737

52,300.92

RAF: Squadron Leader

OF3 Level 6

1,340

51,176.16

OF3 Level 5

986

50,043.72

OF3 Level 4

879

48,922.68

OF3 Level 3

822

47,790.12

OF3 Level 2

758

46,673.40

OF3 Level 1

746

45,548.64

Navy: Lieutenant

OF2 Level 9

928

43,002.24

R.M.: Captain

OF2 Level 8

435

42,514.20

Army: Captain

OF2 Level 7

601

42,018.12

RAF: Flight Lieutenant

OF2 Level 6

818

41,045.64

OF2 Level 5

1,028

40,065.48

OF2 Level 4

1,131

39,092.88

OF2 Level 3

1,164

38,108.76

OF2 Level 2

1,076

37,128.60

OF2 Level 1

1,150

36,160.08

RN: Midshipman, Sub-Lieutenant

OF1 Level 10

151

31,188.36

RM: 2nd Lieutenant, Lieutenant

OF1 Level 9

556

30,442.56

Army: 2nd Lieutenant, Lieutenant

OF1 Level 8

685

29,704.32

RAF: Acting Pilot Officer/Pilot Officer, Flying Officer

OF1 Level 7

1,184

28,962.48

DNS: Tri-Service

OF1 Level 6

248

28,216.32

OF1 Level 5

1,106

23,475.24

OF1 Level 4

0

20,800.08

OF1 Level 3

1

17,710.80

OF1 Level 2

1

16,230.96

OF1 Level 1

260

14,852.28

Other Ranks – Higher Pay Spine

Rank

Other ranks pay spine (higher)

Number of personnel

Pay rate

Navy: Warrant Officer 1

OR9 Range 5 Level 7

573

44,587.80

R.M.: Warrant Officer 1

OR9 Range 5 Level 6

220

43,916.04

Army: Warrant Officer 1

OR9 Range 5 Level 5

321

43,146.84

RAF: Warrant Officer

OR9 Range 5 Level 4

477

42,389.16

OR9 Range 5 Level 3

290

41,623.68

OR9 Range 5 Level 2

205

40,920.72

OR9 Range 5 Level 1

104

40,131.60

Navy:

Levels 1-9 - Chief Petty Officer (Non-Artificer)

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 9

1,841

41,248.80

Levels 1-7 - Chief Petty Officer (Artificer)

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 8

529

40,666.80

Levels 5-9 - Warrant Officer II

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 7

2,142

40,096.68

R.M.:

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 6

1,197

39,526.44

Levels 1-7 - Colour Sergeant

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 5

1,378

38,671.20

Levels 5-9 - Warrant Officer II

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 4

733

37,811.88

Army:

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 3

747

36,956.64

Levels 1-7 - Staff Sergeant

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 2

805

36,093.60

Levels 5-9 - Warrant Officer II

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 1

297

35,242.32

RAF:

Levels 1-7 - Chief Technician

Levels 5-9 - Flight Sergeant (List 1)

Levels 1-9 - Flight Sergeant (List 2)

Navy: Petty Officer

OR6 Range 3 Level 7

3,437

35,218.80

R.M.: Sergeant

OR6 Range 3 Level 6

1,694

34,570.44

Army: Sergeant

OR6 Range 3 Level 5

2,294

33,922.32

RAF: Sergeant

OR6 Range 3 Level 4

2,465

33,273.84

OR6 Range 3 Level 3

2,811

32,860.08

OR6 Range 3 Level 2

1,594

32,047.56

OR6 Range 3 Level 1

1,036

31,239.24

Navy: Leading Rate

OR4 Range 2 Level 7

5,354

31,645.56

R.M.: Corporal

OR4 Range 2 Level 6

2,501

30,969.72

Army: Corporal

OR4 Range 2 Level 5

3,152

30,341.04

RAF: Corporal

OR4 Range 2 Level 4

3,182

29,626.20

OR4 Range 2 Level 3

3,457

28,950.72

OR4 Range 2 Level 2

2,119

27,599.28

OR4 Range 2 Level 1

1,601

26,314.56

Navy:

Levels 1-9 - Able Rate

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 9

5,526

27,599.28

R.M.:

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 8

2,934

26,314.56

Levels 1-9 - Marine

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 7

3,014

25,181.88

Levels 5-9 Lance Corporal (or RM passed JCC)

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 6

2,682

24,076.80

Army:

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 5

2,828

22,959.72

Levels 1-7 - Private

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 4

125

20,765.04

Levels 5-9 - Lance Corporal

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 3

160

19,312.20

RAF:

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 2

176

17,492.16

Level 1 Aircraftmen & Leading Aircraftmen

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 1

209

16,226.76

Levels 2-9 - Senior Aircraftmen

Other Ranks – Lower Pay Spine

Rank

Other ranks pay spine (lower)

Number of personnel

Pay rate

Navy: Warrant Officer 1

OR9 Range 5 Level 7

409

42,076.68

R.M.: Warrant Officer 1

OR9 Range 5 Level 6

119

40,920.72

Army: Warrant Officer 1

OR9 Range 5 Level 5

106

39,803.64

RAF: Warrant Officer

OR9 Range 5 Level 4

180

39,042.12

OR9 Range 5 Level 3

83

38,284.44

OR9 Range 5 Level 2

30

37,526.88

OR9 Range 5 Level 1

4

36,812.16

Navy:

Levels 1-9 – Chief Petty Officer (Non-Artificer)

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 9

1,492

37,792.32

Levels 1-7 - Chief Petty Officer (Artificer)

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 8

462

36,956.64

Levels 5-9 – Warrant Officer II

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 7

2,122

36,483.96

R.M.:

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 6

1,471

35,933.52

Levels 1-7 – Colour Sergeant

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 5

900

34,379.16

Levels 5-9 – Warrant Officer II

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 4

747

33,918.36

Army:

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 3

436

33,141.12

Levels 1-7 – Staff Sergeant

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 2

307

32,098.32

Levels 5-9 – Warrant Officer II

OR7/8 Range 4 Level 1

193

31,684.56

RAF:

Levels 1-7 – Chief Technician

Levels 5-9 – Flight Sergeant (List 1)

Levels 1-9 – Flight Sergeant (List 2)

Navy: Petty Officer

OR6 Range 3 Level 7

1,493

32,531.88

R.M.: Sergeant

OR6 Range 3 Level 6

729

32,285.76

Army: Sergeant

OR6 Range 3 Level 5

591

31,208.04

RAF: Sergeant

OR6 Range 3 Level 4

674

30,415.20

OR6 Range 3 Level 3

666

30,110.52

OR6 Range 3 Level 2

685

29,372.52

OR6 Range 3 Level 1

335

28,622.64

Navy: Leading Rate

OR4 Range 2 Level 7

1,944

28,458.48

R.M.: Corporal

OR4 Range 2 Level 6

870

28,251.72

Army: Corporal

OR4 Range 2 Level 5

924

28,029.00

RAF: Corporal

OR4 Range 2 Level 4

1,052

27,810.24

OR4 Range 2 Level 3

1,100

27,599.28

OR4 Range 2 Level 2

1,041

26,314.56

OR4 Range 2 Level 1

1,229

25,181.88

Navy:

Levels 1-9 – Able Rate

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 9

3,429

23,108.16

R.M.:

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 8

1,988

22,299.72

Levels 1-9 – Marine

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 7

7,915

21,323.40

Levels 5-9 Lance Corporal (or RM passed JCC)

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 6

4,626

20,448.72

Army:

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 5

5,269

19,628.52

Levels 1-7 – Private

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 4

5,700

18,624.72

Levels 5-9 - Lance Corporal

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 3

5,880

17,125.20

RAF:

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 2

8,872

16,676.04

Level 1 Aircraftmen & Leading Aircraftmen

OR2/3 Range 1 Level 1

12,557

16,226.76

Levels 2-9 – Senior Aircraftmen

Other Ranks under training

Other ranks pay spine

Number of personnel

Pay rate

New Entrants

OR1

9,314

13,012.80

Armed Forces: Defence Equipment

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether service members (a) wounded and (b) killed on operations whilst wearing non-issued body armour are entitled to compensation. (265146)

All personnel deploying to Iraq and Afghanistan are issued with a complete set of Enhanced Combat Body Armour (ECBA) before departure. Improved Performance Body Armour (OSPREY) and Enhanced Personnel Protection Equipment (KESTREL) are provided in addition to ECBA to personnel whose roles require it. These have been designed to protect against specific threats faced by personnel undertaking certain roles.

Service personnel injured (or surviving dependants of those killed) on or after 6 April 2005 wholly or predominantly due to service are eligible for compensation under the Armed Forces Compensation Scheme. All decisions on entitlement are made on a case by case basis; this is equally true if a casualty were found to be wearing non-issued body armour.

Armed Forces: Food

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what proportion of the food provided for armed forces personnel came from UK sources in 2007-08. (265122)

During the financial year 2007-08, MOD increased the overall percentage of UK indigenous food it provides to armed forces personnel from 43 per cent. to 59 per cent.

Armed Forces: Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many properties at Blandford Camp were surveyed as part of the Service Family Accommodation Review commissioned by his Department; and into which housing category such properties fall. (266460)

The Service Family Accommodation (SFA) at Blandford was not included in the condition survey at this stage because there is a continuing project to upgrade all SFA at Blandford Garrison to Standard 1 for Condition. In 2007 the site was confirmed as a future tri-service base and work began to upgrade 138 family homes; the programme also includes the demolition and rebuilding of some 247 homes. The project will cost around £8.5 million. The aspiration is for all properties at Blandford to be at Standard 1 for Condition by 2015.

In addition to this 120 new en-suite single living accommodation bed spaces were finished in 2005.

Armed Forces: Mental Health Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) how much has been spent on the contracting of service mental health provision to the Priory Clinic in each year since 2003; (265137)

(2) how many service personnel at each rank were referred to the Priory Clinic as (a) inpatients and (b) outpatients in each year since 2005.

The data requested relating to in-patients, up until 26 January 2009, can be found in the following table:

Number of patients treated

Contract value (£million)

1 December 2003 to 31 March 2004

58

0.4

1 April 2004 to 31 March 2005

321

4.2

1 April 2005 to 31 March 2006

351

4.5

1 April 2006 to 31 March 2007

305

3.4

1 April 2007 to 31 March 2008

281

3.8

1 April 2008 to 26 January 2009

212

2.8

These figures take into account the cost of assessing patients as well as any treatment programmes provided; the individual care needs of each patient will vary depending on their particular medical circumstances.

The only specific out-patient referrals for which we contract is the provision of psychology treatment. This element of the contract commenced in 2006 and the total number of patients referred can be found in the following table:

Number of patients treated

1 April 2006 to 31 March 2007

13

1 Apr 2007 to 31 March 2008

21

1 April 2008 to 26 January 2009

28

In both tables, individual patient ranks have not been included to ensure that clinical confidentiality is protected.

The contract with the Priory Group has been replaced with a new contract awarded to the South Staffordshire and Shropshire NHS Foundation Trust (SSSFT). SSSFT will lead a partnership of seven NHS trusts, using facilities at each of the trusts concerned to ensure coverage across the country. This continues the community-based approach we follow for our out-patients who are seen at our regional military mental health centres.

Armed Forces: Occupational Therapy

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many service personnel returning from conflict zones have received occupational therapy treatments for (a) physical and (b) mental trauma in the last five years. (263613)

Information on the types of treatment an individual receives is only held on their medical records and it would incur disproportionate cost to extract this information. However, any treatment received from the Defence Medical Rehabilitation Centre (DMRC) at Headley Court and, in some cases, a military Department for Community Mental Health (DCMH) will incorporate elements of occupational therapy tailored to the needs of the patient.

Information on the number of service personnel who have been medically evacuated from Operations Herrick or Telic and subsequently attended DMRC Headley Court for rehabilitative treatment is available and is shown in the following table. These figures cover the period from 8 October 2007, the earliest date from which validated data are available, to 3 March 2009.

Herrick

Telic

Total

Number of personnel to have been medically evacuated.

972

519

1,491

Number of personnel to have then attended DMRC

155

45

305

Notes:

1. Information is extracted from the Defence Patient Tracking Application, this system is constantly updated and therefore all figures are provisional and subject to change.

2. Figures include personnel from Naval Service, Army, RAF and UK civilians.

3. Figures show the number of individual patients treated and not the number of treatments (a patient may be admitted on more than one occasion).

4. Figures exclude Special Forces.

For available data on service personnel requiring mental health care and their deployment history, I refer the hon. Member to my answer to the hon. Member for Woodspring (Dr. Fox) of 3 March 2009, Official Report, columns 1435-36W.

Armoured Fighting Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what percentage of (a) Warrior, (b) CVR(T) and (c) Saxon vehicles have been fit for service in each year since 2005. (264958)

“Fit for service” has been interpreted as the MOD’s “Fit for Purpose”, which is a vehicle capable of being used for the purpose for which it is required:

Fit for purpose

Percentage

Vehicle type

Warrior

CVR(T)

Saxon

2005

65

63

62

2006

64

64

74

2007

58

50

79

2008

74

58

97

AWE Burghfield: Nuclear Weapons

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 22 January 2009, Official Report, column 1668W, on AWE Burghfield: nuclear weapons, what internationally recognised standards and codes of practice are applicable. (265568)

A wide range of internationally recognised standards and codes of practice are pertinent to the proposed main process facility for the assembly and disassembly of nuclear warheads at AWE Burghfield. Those that are most relevant to the resilience to nuclear accidents are in the following table.

Document Reference Number

Reference

JSP 482

MoD Explosives Regulations

T/AST/ 003

NII Technical Assessment Guide - Safety Systems

T/AST/ 005

NII Technical Assessment Guide - Demonstration of ALARP

T/AST/ 007

NII Technical Assessment Guide - Severe Accident Analysis

T/AST/ 008

NII Technical Assessment Guide - Safety Categorisation and Equipment Qualification

T/AST/ 017

NII Technical Assessment Guide - Structural Integrity, Civil Engineering Aspects

T/AST/018

NII Technical Assessment Guide - Criticality Incident Detection Systems

T/AST/006

Deterministic Safety Analysis and use of Engineering Principles in Safety Assessment

TM5-1300

Structures to resist the effects of Accidental Explosions. US Departments of the Army, the Navy and the Air Force November 1990

UFC UFC 3-340-01

Protective Structures Automated Design System (PSADS) Design and Analysis of Hardened Structures To Conventional Weapons Effects U.S. Army Corps of Engineers June 2002

No reference number

Manufacture and Storage of Explosives Regulations 2005

No reference number

Baker, W et al Explosion Hazards and Evaluation 1983

No reference number

Kingery, C.N. Bulmarsh, G Airblast Parameters from Spherical Air Burst and Hemispherical Surface Burst US Army Armament Research and Development Centre 1984

No reference number

Hyde, D Con Wep - Conventional Weapons Effects. Department of the Army, Waterways Experimental Station, US Army Corps of Engineers 1986

Typical standards relating to facility integrity are in the following table.

Document Reference Number

Reference

ACI349-06

Code Requirements For Nuclear Safety Related Concrete Structures

ANSI/AISC341sl-05

Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings

ANSI/AISC 358-05

Prequalified Connections for Special and Intermediate Moment Frames in Seismic Applications

ANSI/AISC 360 05

Specification for Structural Steel Buildings

ASCE 43-05

Seismic Design Criteria for Structures, Systems and Components in Nuclear Facilities

ASCE 4-98

Seismic analysis of safety related nuclear structures

ATC40

Applied Technology Council Seismic Evaluation and Retrofit of Concrete Buildings

AWSD1.8/D1.8M:2005

Structural Welding Code - Seismic Supplement

BS 2573; Part 1

Rules for the Design of cranes - Specification for classification, stress calculations and design criteria for structures; 1983..

BS 2573; Part 2

Rules for the Design of cranes - Specification for classification, stress calculations and design of mechanisms; 1983.

BS 2573-1

Rules for the Design of Cranes - Part 1: Specification for Classification, Stress Calculations and Design Criteria for Structures

BS 2573-2

Rules for the Design of Cranes - Part 2: Specification for Classification, Stress Calculations and Design of Mechanisms

BS 4094

Data on Shielding from Ionising Radiation

BS 4449:2005

Steel for the reinforcement of concrete - Weldable reinforcing steel - Bar, coiled and decoiled product.

BS 5628

Code of Practice for use of masonry

BS 5760

Reliability of systems, equipment and components

BS 5950-1:2000

Structural use of steelwork in buildings. Code of Practice for design - Rolled and welded sections.

BS 6385

Ergonomic principles in the design of work systems

BS 6399

Loading for buildings

BS 8110-1:1997

Structural Use of Concrete. Part 1 Code of Practice for design and construction.

BS EN 13001-1

Crane Safety -General Design

BS EN 13001-2

Crane Safety-General Design

BS EN 13463-1

Non-electrical equipment for potentially explosive atmospheres

BS EN 292-1

Safety of Machinery- Basic concepts, general principals for design

BS EN 349

Safety of machinery: Minimum gaps to avoid crushing parts of the human body

BS EN 614

Safety of machinery: Ergonomic design principles

BS EN 62305

Lightning Regulations

BS EN ISO 11604

Ergonomic Design of Control Centres

BS EN 1011-2: 2001

Welding Recommendations for welding of metallic materials Arc welding of ferritic steels

BS EN 287-1: 2004

Qualification test of welders Fusion welding. Steels

BS EN 875: 1995

Destructive tests on welds in metallic materials. Impact tests Test specimen location, notch orientation and examination

BS EN ISO 15609-1

Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials. Welding procedure specification Arc welding

BS EN ISO 15614-1

Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials - Welding procedure test - Part 1 Arc and gas welding of steels and arc welding of nickel and nickel alloys

Def Stan 00-25

Human factors for designers of equipment

Def Stan 00-40

Reliability and Maintainability (R and M)

Def Stan 00-41

Reliability and Maintainability MOD Guide to Practices and Procedures

DEF STAN 08-5

Structural requirements for weapon support equipment; Issue 1 Chapter 5

FEMA 440

Improvement of non-linear static seismic analysis procedures (2005)

HSEACOPL138

Health and Safety Executive - Approved Code of Practice and Guidance - Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres

IAEA Tecdoc 1333

Earthquake experience and seismic qualification by indirect methods in nuclear installations

IAEA-TECDOC-1347

IAEA Report: Consideration of external events in the design of nuclear facilities other than nuclear power plants, with emphasis on earthquakes, dated March 2003

IEEE 344:1987

Recommended practice for seismic qualification of Class IE equipment for nuclear power generating stations

IRPCG

Changerooms Design Operation and Maintenance a Nuclear Industry Code of Practice

JSP 440

Defence Manual for Security

JSP 467

The specification of power driven lifting appliances used for handling conventional and nuclear armaments

JSP 482

Explosives regulations

JSP 538

Issue 2. Regulation of the Nuclear Weapon Programme - Nuclear Weapon Safety Principles and Safety Criteria and Safety Principles and Guidelines for Nuclear Weapon Systems

Kincade, R.G. Anderson J. - Electrical Power Institute

Human Factors Guide for Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Development. Other standards

Mil Std 1472D

Department of Defence: Human engineering requirements for military systems, equipment and facilities

Mil Std 1472F

Department of Defence: Design Criteria Standard - Human engineering

MoD/DE Functional Standard Design and Maintenance Guide 02

‘Glazing standards for MoD buildings subject to terrorist threat'

NF0121/1

Ergonomics: Guidelines for the design of operator interfaces. British Nuclear Fuels plc

SI 1988 No. 1657

The Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations (COSHH)

SI 1998 No. 2307

The lifting operations and lifting equipment regulations (LOLER)

SI 1999 No. 3232

Ionising Radiation Regulations (IRRs)

STGP10 (Sea Technology Group, MoD)

"HFI Management Guide"

No reference number

Flood Estimation Handbook, Institute of Hydrology, Wallingford, UK, 1999

No reference number

Flood Studies Report, Institute of Hydrology, HR Wallingford, UK, 1975

No reference number

The Crown Fire Standards 1997

No reference number

Lifting Operation and Lifting Equipment Regulations

No reference number

SQUG, Generic Implementation Procedure GIP for Seismic Verification of Nuclear Plant Equipment - Revision 3 A, December 2001

Ballistic Missile Defence

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the Government’s policy is on a ballistic missile defence shield in Europe to provide security against Iran; and if he will make a statement. (264961)

The Government see ballistic missile defence as an important defensive capability which could contribute to the defence of the UK and our NATO Allies against potential future ballistic missile threats.

Defence: International Co-operation

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what progress has been made since the Anglo-French summit of 27 March 2008 on the aspects of defence co-operation that were agreed there; and if he will make a statement. (264962)

The UK and France have made good progress on all aspects of defence co-operation that were agreed during the 2008 summit.

The Declaration of Intent for the European Carrier Group Interoperability Initiative (ECGII) has so far been signed by nine European nations, building on the Summit commitment to Carrier Group Operations. The inaugural Steering Group met in Paris on 18 March. This is a high level declaration of intent aiming to increase interoperability between countries operating aircraft carriers or with naval vessels able to support carrier operations. There is no intention to create a standing carrier group.

The UK-France helicopter Initiative that was launched at the summit continues to gather momentum. The Helicopter Fund opened by the UK to support projects aimed at delivering helicopter capability to operational theatres now stands at €26 million with contributions from 15 nations. Other nations have offered to host multi-national helicopter exercises to prepare crews for deployment, to provide training courses, to donate surplus helicopters and even to supply pilots for other nations to use on operations. More importantly, the first nation to benefit from the initiative, the Czech Republic, deploys three helicopters to Afghanistan this year. Since the summit three other nations have also made a commitment to deploy helicopters and projects launched through the Helicopter Initiative will make a substantial and essential contribution to their theatre-entry equipment upgrades and crew training requirements. All this effort is very closely co-ordinated with NATO and EDA programmes to address the same problem.

Both nations continue to discuss NATO transformation with one another and the work to strengthen EU/NATO co-operation is continuing. The anticipated return of France to the military structures of NATO has given a new impetus to these discussions.

Ministers and officials have met and continue to meet on numerous occasions to drive forward bilateral industrial defence co-operation. Progress has been made in all the areas highlighted in the 2008 Communiqué and we continue to seek new opportunities to develop our co-operation. The High Level Working Group will be providing a report on progress to the 2009 Anglo-French summit that is due to take place later this year.

Specifically we have made good progress with Complex Weapons. We have been working to assess the scope to co-operate on a range of projects including the potential to enter into Assessment Phases to examine enhancements for Storm Shadow and the French SCALP programme and to develop an anti-surface guided weapon for use on naval helicopters.

The UK and France have been working closely since the last summit to explore the opportunities for a common approach to A400M support. This work is continuing.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what recent discussions he has had with his US counterpart on (a) European defence cooperation and (b) the Anglo-French defence partnership; and if he will make a statement. (264968)

I have regular discussions with my US counterpart on a variety of defence issues, including a broad range of issues related to NATO and European Security and Defence Policy.

Departmental Electricity Generation

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what (a) capital and (b) maintenance expenditure his Department has incurred on standby diesel generators for back-up electricity supply of his Department's estate in each year since March 1997. (266408)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental ICT

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence which ICT projects costing more than £1 million his Department has initiated and abandoned before completion in each year since 2003-04; what costs were incurred in each project; who the main contractor for each project was; on what date each (a) commenced and (b) was abandoned; and if he will make a statement. (265512)

The information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

EU Battlegroups

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the expected cost of the Government's contribution to the EU Battlegroup roster will be in 2010. (265963)

The UK commitment to the EU Battlegroup roster for January to July 2010 will be met by forces from the Small Scale Contingency Battlegroup element of the Joint Rapid Reaction Force (JRRF). As this is a national high readiness contingency which is already on stand-by during the relevant period, there is no additional cost to the UK of providing an EU Battlegroup on stand-by. The Small Scale Contingency Battlegroup will consist of forces drawn from the longstanding UK-Netherlands Amphibious Landing Force. As with all NATO activities, the principle of funding for the UK-Netherlands Amphibious Landing Force is that costs lie where they fall; each nation therefore pays its own costs.

There would be additional costs to the UK were the Battlegroup to deploy. However, an EU Battlegroup is a stand-by commitment intended for emerging contingencies and it is impossible to predict at the current time whether or not it will be deployed during its stand-by period. The cost to the UK of deploying an EU Battlegroup would depend on the nature and length of any deployment.

Gurkhas: Retirement

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what proportion of Gurkhas retired from the armed forces to (a) the UK, (b) Nepal and (c) other locations in each year since 1997. (265147)

Before 1 April 2007 all Gurkhas were discharged and retired in Nepal. From 1 April 2007 all Gurkhas have had the right to retire in the UK or Nepal and all have chosen to retire in the UK. Records are not held on where Gurkhas choose to live following their retirement from the Army, but it is estimated that some 6,000 ex-Gurkhas have settled in the UK under Home Office immigration rules introduced in 2004 and of these it is estimated that some 2,200 have retired since 1997.

Iraq: Peacekeeping Operations

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Woodspring (Dr. Fox) of 26 November 2008, Official Report, columns 1552-3W, on Iraq: peacekeeping operations, how much was paid to Harlow Specialist Life Support and Logistics for photocopier hire for use on Operation Herrick. (253339)

No payment has been made to Harlow Specialist Life Support and Logistics for photocopier hire for use on Operation Herrick.

The four-year contract with Harlow Specialist Life Support and Logistics for the hire of two photocopiers for use on Operation Telic has a total contract value of approximately £50,000.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many UK military personnel he expects to be deployed in Iraq after August 2009. (265121)

I refer the right hon. and learned Member to the answer I gave him on 2 February 2009, Official Report, column 875W.

Joint Working Groups

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 27 February 2009, Official Report, column 1150W, on nuclear weapons, how much was spent on the visits in each year; and how much was paid for by the Government in each year. (265114)

Information on the precise costs is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost. However, I am able to provide the average cost of UK attendance at the Joint Working Group meetings held in the US between 2001 and 2008; costs range from an average of £4,800 per meeting in 2001 to an average of £6,000 per meeting in 2008. All these costs are either directly or indirectly incurred by the UK Government.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) how the costs of co-operation with the United States on nuclear weapons technology are shared under the co-operation terms of the 1958 Mutual Defence Agreement; (265115)

(2) what the (a) total combined costs and (b) costs to the Government of co-operation with the United States on nuclear weapons technology have been in each of the last 30 years under the 1958 Mutual Defence Agreement.

Co-operation on experiments and trials conducted under the auspices of the 1958 Mutual Defence Agreement, are generally undertaken on a “costs lie where they fall” basis. There are some exceptions to this, such as material and equipment procured to support national requirements or under bartering arrangements. The UK has also contributed to the funding of collaborative trials in the US which support the UK's strategic weapon programme.

Additionally, having judged it cost-effective to do so, MOD has recently entered into a collaborative arrangement which requires the UK to contribute financially to activities at the US National Ignition Facility (NIF) that support the UK programme. This extends the previously announced investment at the NIF to $64 million.

Neither the total combined costs, nor costs to the UK of our collaboration with the United States under the Mutual Defence Agreement are readily available and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Military Aircraft: Helicopters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what percentage of helicopters by type in the forward fleet were fit for purpose in each year since 2001. (264956)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 3 March 2009, Official Report, column 1441W, to the hon. Member for Woodspring (Dr. Fox).

Nuclear Submarines

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when the Interim Storage of Laid-Up Submarines Group will commence its programme of dismantling the UK’s defuelled nuclear powered submarines. (265166)

No decisions on the dismantling programme will be made until completion of a Strategic Environmental Assessment and public consultation. It is the intention to make an announcement regarding the programme in 2010.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) when the strategic capacity for storing nuclear submarines in Rosyth Dockyard will be reached; (265167)

(2) when the strategic capacity for storing nuclear submarines in Devonport Royal Dockyard will be reached.

Any submarines leaving service with the Royal Navy are planned to remain at Devonport Royal Dockyard until there has been a decision on the dismantling solution.

Similarly, it is not intended to move any of the currently laid-up submarines until there is a decision on the dismantling solution.

Based on these plans, UK afloat storage capacity is forecast to run out before 2020.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether new facilities for defuelling and de-equipping submarines at Devonport Royal Dockyard will be completed by 2012. (265169)

Facilities for defuelling and de-equipping submarines at Devonport Royal Dockyard continue to be planned for completion in 2012.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what progress has been made in meeting the 2010 date for a storage solution for the nuclear waste from the seven UK nuclear vessels at Rosyth Dockyard. (265170)

We intend to make an announcement in 2010 regarding the proposed locations for submarine dismantling and the interim storage of the resultant nuclear waste. This is dependent on a number of factors, particularly the completion of a strategic environmental assessment later this year, and the intention to carry out further public consultation before any decisions are made. Good progress is being made towards this goal.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what other locations have been proposed as alternative storage sites for decommissioned nuclear submarines at Rosyth Dockyard. (265171)

No sites other than Devonport Royal Dockyard and Rosyth Dockyard are being considered as storage sites for laid-up submarines before they are dismantled.

We do not currently intend to move any of the laid-up submarines before a submarine dismantling site has been proposed. We plan to announce the proposed site in 2010.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence if he will estimate the cost of moving the seven decommissioned UK nuclear submarines at Rosyth Dockyard to another site in the UK. (265172)

We do not intend to move any defuelled submarines until the completion of the strategic environmental assessment, public consultation and departmental approval of the dismantling solution.

Cost forecasts for any proposed movement would be developed as part of the preparation of the project’s Main Gate Business Case, which is planned to be completed in 2014.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when the next UK nuclear submarine is due to be taken out of service; and whether it will be berthed at Rosyth Dockyard. (265173)

The next UK submarine due to be taken out of service is HMS Trafalgar, scheduled for later this year. We currently intend to store HMS Trafalgar at Devonport Royal Dockyard until she has been defuelled. Its subsequent storage location will depend on the dismantling programme that is being developed.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether all decommissioned submarines in Rosyth and Devonport Dockyards have been surveyed for possible holes. (265174)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer my right hon. Friend the Minister for Armed Forces gave on 13 June 2008, Official Report, column 560W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what assessment he has made of the effects on the environment of moving the seven decommissioned British nuclear powered submarines from the Rosyth Dockyard. (265194)

No decisions have been yet been made about when or how submarines will be moved.

The existing Interim Storage of Laid-Up Submarines (ISOLUS) Project Environmental Impact Assessment includes consideration of transportation matters. It is our intention to make this document available publicly in the near future.

More detailed assessments of the environmental impact of any planned movement of the submarines will be developed as required by relevant legislation.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what was discussed at the seventh meeting of the Interim Storage of Laid-Up Submarines Group on Wednesday 11 March 2009; and if he will make a statement. (265195)

The Interim Storage of Laid-Up Submarines (ISOLUS) Advisory Group is an independently chaired group that provides independent assessment of proposals and outcomes. It also acts in a scrutiny and advisory role to the Ministry of Defence ISOLUS Steering Group.

The meetings are open to the public to observe and notes of meetings are published on the ISOLUS website

www.isolus.org.uk

A wide range of ISOLUS-related matters were discussed at the meeting on 11 March 2009. Notes from the meeting will be published on the ISOLUS website in April 2009 in line with normal practices.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) how many decommissioned UK nuclear-powered submarines with nuclear fuel in their reactors are at Devonport Royal Dockyard; (265499)

(2) where the UK nuclear-powered submarines located at Devonport Royal Dockyard will be housed after they have been defuelled.

There are four decommissioned UK nuclear powered submarines that have fuel in their reactors at Devonport Royal Dockyard.

The plan is that they will remain there until a decision on the dismantling solution has been made.

It is the intention to make an announcement about the dismantling solution in 2010.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when a decision will be made on the movement of decommissioned British nuclear powered submarines from Rosyth Dockyard. (265501)

The movement of submarines will depend on the dismantling programme that is being developed by the Interim Storage of Laid-Up Submarines (ISOLUS) Project. This will be confirmed when the project receives Main Gate approval, which is scheduled for 2014.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether the collision with Le Triomphant resulted in damage to the torpedo tube hatches on HMS Vanguard; and whether torpedoes were unloaded from HMS Vanguard before it was docked in the Faslane shiplift on 20 February 2009. (265947)

I am withholding information about any damage that may have been sustained by HMS Vanguard as a result of the collision with FS Le Triomphant on the grounds of national security. I can confirm that the nuclear safety and security of HMS Vanguard was not compromised. It is standard procedure to off-load torpedoes from an SSBN before it enters the Faslane Shiplift facility.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when HMS Vanguard will return to full operational capacity. (267071)

I am withholding information about the operational capacity of HMS Vanguard on the grounds of national security. I can confirm that the requirements of the deterrent patrol cycle will continue to be met.

RAF St. Athan

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence by what date he expects the Defence College of Communications and Information Systems to have completed its transfer from Blandford Camp to St. Athan. (266459)

The current estimate is for the Defence College of Communications and Information Systems to be fully operational at St. Athan by May 2015. This date remains subject to final approval of the main investment decision of the DTR Package 1 Project, subsequent contract agreement and confirmation of the transition planning arrangements.

Reserve Forces

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what percentage of the Volunteer Reserve has been committed to operations in each year since 1997, broken down by service. (257684)

Information on Volunteer Reservists committed to operations is not held centrally in individual level databases, and therefore it is not possible to calculate the percentage of Volunteer Reservists committed to operations in each year without incurring disproportionate cost.

The forthcoming Reserves Review will make reference to “over 21,000 Volunteer Reserves” mobilised since 2003. However, data on Volunteer Reserves mobilisations are not held centrally in individual level databases and therefore it is not possible to split this approximate total by service, or to calculate the exact number of mobilisations within any year.

Aggregated snapshot: data of the number of mobilised Volunteer Reservists are available and therefore it is possible to calculate the percentage of Volunteer Reservists mobilised at given points in time. The following tables show the number and percentage of Volunteer Reservists mobilised at 1 April in each year for which data are available, for each service:

Royal Naval Reserve and Royal Marine Reserve mobilisations at 1 April each year

Strength

Of which: mobilised

Percentage mobilised

1997

4,260

1

1

1998

4,440

1

1

1999

4,520

1

1

2000

4,820

1

1

2001

4,830

1

1

2002

4,980

1

1

2003

4,910

370

7.5

2004

4,480

60

1.3

2005

4,360

20

0.5

2006

2

2

2

2007

3,680

80

2.2

2008

3,590

180

5.0

1 Zero or rounded to zero

2 Not available

Territorial Army mobilisations at 1 April each year

Strength

Of which mobilised

Percentage mobilised

2004

38,320

2,890

7.5

2005

37,260

1,460

3.9

2006

38,460

1,110

2.9

20071

36,790

1,020

2.8

20082

335,020

31,360

33.9

1 2007 Territorial Army data are as at 1 March

2 2008 Territorial Army data are as at 1 June

3 Provisional

Figures for actual strength of TA personnel prior to 2004 are not held centrally.

Royal Auxiliary Air Force mobilisations at 1 April each year

Strength

Of which mobilised

Percentage mobilised

1997

2,020

1

1

1998

2,490

1

1

1999

2,620

20

0.8

2000

2,740

40

1.5

2001

2,570

20

0.8

2002

2,590

80

3.1

2003

2,580

840

32.6

2004

2,580

20

0.8

2005

2,450

30

1.2

2006

2,300

90

3.9

2007

22,160

2200

29.3

2008

22,200

2100

24.5

1 Not available

2 Provisional

Warships

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many orders were placed for new (a) Royal Navy and (b) Royal Fleet Auxiliary vessels in each year since 1979. (265140)

Order dates (when build contracts were let) are provided in the following table for the Queen Elizabeth Class carriers, the Astute Class submarines and the Type 45 destroyers. As there is no requirement to keep contractual information for Royal Navy and Royal Auxiliary vessels beyond seven years, order dates for all other vessels built since 1979 are no longer held. The table does, however, include details of when building work commenced on these other vessels as this is the next significant milestone following the order date.

Vessel

Royal Navy (incl. submarines and surface ships)

Royal Fleet Auxiliary

Total

1979

HMS Trafalgar (Trafalgar Class Submarine)

16

HMS Gloucester (Type 42 Destroyer)

HMS Boxer (Type 22 Frigate)

HMS Cattistock (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Brocklesbury (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Cottesmore (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Dulverton (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Chiddingfold (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Middleton (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Hurworth (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Bicester (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Atherstone (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Berkeley (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Quorn (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Ledbury (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Alderney (Offshore Patrol Vessel)

1980

HMS Turbulent (Trafalgar Class Submarine)

4

HMS Edinburgh (Type 42 Destroyer)

HMS York (Type 42 Destroyer)

HMS Beaver (Type 22 Frigate)

1981

HMS Tireless (Trafalgar Class Submarine)

Bayleaf (Auxiliary Oiler)

5

HMS Brave (Type 22 Frigate)

Diligence (Forward Repair Ship)

HMS Leeds Castle (Offshore Patrol Vessel)

1982

HMS Torbay (Trafalgar Class Submarine)

3

HMS London (Type 22 Frigate)

HMS Dumbarton Castle (Offshore Patrol Vessel)

1983

HMS Cornwall (Type 22 Frigate)

3

HMS Sheffield (Type 22 Frigate)

HMS Gleaner (Survey Vessel)

1984

HMS Coventry (Type 22 Frigate)

2

HMS Cumberland (Type 22 Frigate)

1985

HMS Trenchant (Trafalgar Class Submarine)

Sir Galahad (Landing Ship Logistic)

7

HMS Campbeltown (Type 22 Frigate)

HMS Norfolk (Type 23 Frigate)

HMS Sandown (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Archer (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Example (Inshore Training Vessel)

1986

HMS Talent (Trafalgar Class Submarine)

Oakleaf (Auxiliary Oiler)

7

HMS Vanguard (Vanguard Class Submarine)

HMS Chatham (Type 22 Frigate)

HMS Roebuck (Survey Vessel)

HMS Bitter (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Smitter (Inshore Training Vessel)

1987

HMS Triumph (Trafalgar Class Submarine)

7

HMS Victorious (Vanguard Class Submarine)

HMS Argyll (Type 23 Frigate)

HMS Inverness (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Cromer (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Walney (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Bridport (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

1988

HMS Lancaster (Type 23 Frigate)

Fort Victoria (Auxiliary Oiler Replenishment)

14

HMS Blazer (Inshore Training Vessel)

Argus (Aviation Training and Primary Casualty Reception Ship)

HMS Puncher (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Charger (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Ranger (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Trumpeter (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Express (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Exploit (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Tracker (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Raider (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Dasher (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Purser (Inshore Training Vessel)

1989

HMS Iron Duke(Type 23 Frigate)

Fort George (Auxiliary Oiler Replenishment)

4

HMS Marlborough (Type 23 Frigate)

HMS Monmouth (Type 23.Frigate)

1990

HMS Montrose (Type 23 Frigate)

3

HMS Westminster (Type 23 Frigate)

HMS Northumberland (Type 23 Frigate)

1991

HMS Vigilant (Vanguard Class Submarine)

3

HMS Richmond (Type 23 Frigate)

HMS Endurance (Antarctic Patrol Ship)

1992

HMS Somerset (Type 23 Frigate)

2

HMS Grafton (Type 23 Frigate)

1993

HMS Vengeance (Vanguard Class Submarine)

3

HMS Sabre (Inshore Training Vessel)

HMS Scimitar (Inshore Training Vessel)

1994

HMS Sutherland (Type 23 Frigate)

9

HMS Ocean (Landing Platform Helicopter)

HMS Bangor (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Blyth (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Grimsby (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Pembroke (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Penzance (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Ramsey (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

HMS Shoreham (Mine Countermeasures Vessel)

1995

0

1996

HMS Kent (Type 23 Frigate)

2

HMS Scott (Survey Vessel)

1997

HMS Astute (Astute Class Submarine)—order date

3

HMS Ambush (Astute Class Submarine)—order date

HMS Artful (Astute Class Submarine)—order date

1998

HMS Portland (Type 23 Frigate)

3

HMS St. Albans (Type 23 Frigate)

HMS Albion (Landing Platform Dock)

1999

0

2000

HMS Daring (Type 45 Destroyer)—order date

Wave Knight (Auxiliary Oiler)

5

HMS Dauntless (Type 45 Destroyer)—order date

HMS Diamond (Type 45 Destroyer)—order date

HMS Bulwark (Landing Platform Dock)

2001

HMS Tyne (Offshore Patrol Vessel)

Largs Bay (Landing Ship Dock (Auxiliary))

3

Wave Ruler (Auxiliary Oiler)

2002

HMS Dragon (Type 45 Destroyer)—order date

Lyme Bay (Landing Ship Dock (Auxiliary))

10

HMS Defender (Type 45 Destroyer)—order date

Mounts Bay (Landing Ship Dock (Auxiliary))

HMS Duncan (Type 45 Destroyer)—order date

Cardigan Bay (Landing Ship Dock (Auxiliary))

HMS Severn (Offshore Patrol Vessel)

HMS Mersey (Offshore Patrol Vessel)

HMS Echo (Survey Vessel)

HMS Enterprise (Survey Vessel)

2003

0

2004

0

2005

0

2006

0

2007

HMS Audacious (Astute Class Submarine)—order date

1

2008

HMS Queen Elizabeth (Future carrier)—order date

2

HMS Prince of Wales (Future carrier)—order date

Work and Pensions

Children: Maintenance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people who have made overpayments to the Child Support Agency are waiting for a refund; and how many have been waiting for a refund for longer than (a) one month, (b) three months, (c) six months and (d) one year. (263628)

I have consulted with the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission who are now responsible for the child maintenance system including the Child Support Agency. They have confirmed that the information requested is not available.

Community Care Grants

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what percentage of applications for community care grants were rejected in the most recent period in each of the smallest geographic areas for which figures are available. (264589)

[holding answer 19 March 2009]: The information is provided in the following table.

Jobcentre Plus Social Fund budget area (ordered by region)

Percentage of community care grant applications initially refused from 1 April 2008 to 28 February 2009

East of England

Essex

56

Norwich Benefit Delivery Centre

61

East Midlands

East Midlands North

56

South East Midlands

58

London

Central and East London

56

London South

53

North and North East London

58

West London

57

North East

Northumbria

52

South Tyne and Wear Valley

62

Tees Valley

59

North West

Chorlton Benefit Delivery Centre

62

Greater Liverpool and Cheshire

53

Scotland

Inverness Benefit Delivery Centre

60

Springburn Benefit Delivery Centre

54

South East

Berkshire, Oxfordshire, Buckinghamshire and Surrey

50

Hampshire, Isle of Wight, Kent and Sussex

47

South West

South West Central

55

Wales

Llanelli Benefit Delivery Centre

50

South East Wales

51

West Midlands

West Midlands Social Fund

59

Yorkshire and Humberside

Bradford

58

Sheffield

57

Note:

Percentages are based on applications processed from 1 April 2008 to 28 February 2009, not on applications received during that time period.

Source:

DWP Social Fund Policy, Budget and Management Information System.

Council Tax Benefits

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if he will estimate the revenue forgone by the Exchequer by increasing personal allowances for the purposes of calculating council tax benefits by (a) 10, (b) 20, (c) 30, (d) 40 and (e) 50 per cent.; and if he will estimate the effect of each level of increase on the number of claimants of council tax benefit. (264427)

[holding answer 18 March 2009]: The information is in the following table.

Estimates of the cost and number of council tax beneficiaries if personal allowances are increased

Increase in personal allowance (percentage)

Number of beneficiaries

Cost in annually managed expenditure (£ million per year)

10

1,130,000

20

20

1,150,000

30

30

1,170,000

50

40

1,180,000

60

50

1,200,000

80

Notes:

1. All figures are for Great Britain.

2. Beneficiaries are rounded to the nearest 10,000 and costs are rounded to the nearest £10 million. These include both customers who gain and those who become entitled to the benefit.

3. Each beneficiary represents a benefit unit, which can be a single claimant or a couple.

4. The impact is estimated using the Department’s Policy Simulation Model for 2008-09, using data from the 2006-07 Family Resources Survey up-rated to 2008-09 prices, benefit rates and earnings levels, and is calibrated to latest published forecasts and policies.

5. Results are subject to sampling and reporting errors and estimation assumptions, and are therefore indicative only. No behavioural changes are assumed.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the effect on the public purse would be of raising the applicable amounts at which households begin to start paying council tax to (a) £116 per week for a (i) single person aged under 25, (ii) single person aged over 25 and (iii) couple of working age, (b) £174 per week for a single person aged between 65 and 74 years old and (c) £177 per week for a single person aged 75 years and over. (264762)

[holding answer 19 March 2009]: The information is in the following table.

The table shows estimates of the cost and number of council tax benefit (CTB) beneficiaries and the saving and number of losers if the following changes are made to applicable amounts in CTB:

Option 1: Applicable amount for single people under 25 set to £116

Option 2: Applicable amount for single people over 251 set to £116

Option 3: Applicable amount for working age couples2 set to £116

Option 4: Applicable amount for single people between 65 and 74 set to £174

Option 5: Applicable amount for single people 75 and over set to £177

1 This change has not been applied to elderly cases i.e. only applied to those aged under 60.

2 This has only been applied to cases where both are aged under 60.

Change applicable amounts in council tax benefit for some groups

Change in applicable amount

Number of beneficiaries

Cost in annually managed expenditure(£ million p.a.)

Number of losers

Saving in annually managed expenditure(£ million p.a.)

Impact on annually managed expenditure(£ million p.a.)

Option 1

60,000

20

0

0

20

Option 2

260,000

60

160,000

-50

10

Option 3

40,000

10

170,000

-70

-60

Option 4

150,000

30

10,000

0

30

Option 5

200,000

40

30,000

-10

40

Notes:

1. All figures are for Great Britain.

2. Beneficiaries and losers are rounded to the nearest 10,000. Costs and savings are rounded to the nearest £10 million. These estimates include both customers who gain/lose and those who become entitled or lose entitlement to the benefit.

3. Each beneficiary represents a benefit unit, which can be a single claimant or a couple.

4. The impact is estimated using the Department's Policy Simulation Model for 2008-09, using data from the 2006-07 Family Resources Survey uprated to 2008-09 prices, benefit rates and earnings levels, and is calibrated to latest published forecasts and policies.

5. Results are subject to sampling and reporting errors and estimation assumptions, and are therefore indicative only. No behavioural changes are assumed.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many full-time equivalent staff in his Department worked primarily or solely on the Social Fund in each of the last 10 years. (263077)

[holding answer 12 March 2009]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State for Work and Pensions has asked me to reply to your question asking how many full-time equivalent staff in the Department worked primarily or solely on the Social Fund in each of the last 10 years. This is something which falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

The tables attached at Annex 1 provide the average number of staff working on Social Fund from April 2008 to September 2008, the mid point of the 2008/09 operational year for each Benefit Delivery Centre and Contact Centre.

The table below shows the approximate numbers working on social fund in each year since 2003/4. No data are available prior to 2003/04.

Staff (FTEs)

2003-04

3,400

2004-05

3,200

2005-06

3,200

2006-07

3,300

2007-08

3,600

Historically it is difficult to make a robust estimate of the number of staff working on Social Fund alone. Although Social Fund activity was recorded on our Activity Based Modelling System, we know that for many of these staff Social Fund was only part of their work. Following centralisation of benefit processing, which began in April 2006 and was completed in March 2008, we can be more confident that our data represent people working full time on Social Fund.

Annex 1: Social Fund processing locations and average staff numbers between April 2008 and September 2008

Benefit delivery centre

Average staff numbers (FTEs)

Balham and Ilford

382

Basildon

66

Belle Vale

227

Bradford

62

Bristol

153

Chesterfield

73

Chorlton

221

Inverness

121

Llanelli

59

Milton Keynes

178

Newcastle

67

Newport

123

Norwich

99

Nottingham

78

Perry Barr

252

Sheffield

174

Springburn

276

Stockton

73

Sunderland

89

Total

2,773

Source:

Jobcentre Plus ABM systems

Contact centre locations

Average staff numbers (FTEs)

Annesley

85

Middlesbrough

165

Lowestoft

95

Caerphilly

73

Dundee

117

Taunton

90

Halifax

115

Marton Mere

40

Lincoln

25

Pembroke Dock

40

Total

845

Source:

Contact Centre Directorate

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what recent assessment he has made of the likely effects of changes in levels of unemployment on staffing levels in (a) his Department and (b) Jobcentre Plus. (265296)

The Department and its agencies keep headcount plans under continuous review. Jobcentre Plus is increasing its staffing levels to deal with changes in the level of unemployment and announced an increase of 6,000 staff for 2009-10 on the 25 November 2008 to maintain the delivery of help and support for people who have lost their jobs. The Department will provide further details of its headcount plans, including those in Jobcentre Plus, in its revised three year plan which will be published after the Budget.

Disability Living Allowance: Age

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) if he will estimate the cost to the Exchequer of removing the rule that prevents people from making an initial claim for disability living allowance over the age of 65 for all new claims from people over this age, in each of the next six years; (257088)

(2) if he will estimate the cost to the Exchequer of increasing the age at which people can claim disability living allowance for the first time to (a) 70, (b) 75 and (c) 80 years old; and if he will make a statement;

(3) if he will estimate the cost to the Exchequer of paying disability living allowance in place of attendance allowance to all pensioners currently receiving attendance allowance in each of the next six years.

The information is not available. Entitlement to disability living allowance can only be established when a claim is made and the actual care or mobility needs of the individual are assessed.

There are no reliable data available on which estimates could be made of abolishing or extending the upper age limit up to which disability living allowance can be claimed.

Economic and Monetary Union

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions with reference to the Answer of 14 July 2008, Official Report, column 132W, on economic and monetary union, whether his Department's updating of its euro changeover plan has been completed; and if he will place in the Library the latest version of the plan. (250047)

The plan is a high-level technical document summarising the main activities and time scales for work on DWP IT systems that would need to be set in hand if an announcement were to be made that the UK were joining the euro. It would not be appropriate or informative to place this in the Library.

Housing Benefit

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) how many people in each constituency have received local housing allowance in each of the last three years; (265353)

(2) how much housing benefit has been dispensed to people in each constituency by local authorities under (a) local reference rents and (b) local housing allowance in each of the last four years;

(3) how much of the housing benefit dispensed to people in each constituency by local authorities under (a) local reference rents and (b) local housing allowance in each of the last four years was for housing in the private rented sector.

[holding answer 20 March 2009]: Housing Benefit information is not currently available at constituency level.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate his Department has made of (a) the number of applications for local housing allowance and (b) the estimated Government expenditure on local housing allowance in (i) 2009, (ii) 2010 and (iii) 2011. (265356)

[holding answer 20 March 2009]: The Department has not estimated the total number of applications to housing benefit assessed according to local housing allowance rules in each year.

The Department estimates expenditure for local housing allowance by financial year rather than calendar year. Estimates of expenditure are provided in the table.

£ billion

Estimated cost of local housing allowance

2009-10

2.6

2010-11

3.7

2011-12

4.4

As the local housing allowance is being rolled out initially to new claims and those who move address, expenditure increases as more of the private rented sector caseload moves on to local housing allowance each year.

It is important to note that these estimates are subject to a number of assumptions and estimates are sensitive to small changes in these assumptions.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many housing benefit recipients there have been in each region in each year since 1997. (265388)

The information is in the following table.

Number of housing benefit recipients in each region 1997 to 2007

Date

Great Britain

North East

North West

Yorkshire and the Humber

East Midlands

West Midlands

August 1997

4,591,920

278,120

450,810

589,610

276,340

411,620

August 1998

4,425,210

269,290

431,880

575,400

266,840

398,590

August 1999

4,243,410

204,120

451,100

518,630

257,770

383,950

August 2000

3,968,250

250,070

537,220

357,190

241,160

363,950

August 2001

3,867,480

240,870

518,340

348,970

237,460

355,310

August 2002

3,798,760

236,290

512,380

341,650

223,870

349,110

August 2003

3,813,560

234,660

505,660

343,410

229,290

351,720

August 2004

3,943,590

230,850

522,260

346,450

237,950

352,870

August 2005

3,981,020

229,240

516,760

347,050

239,570

355,480

August 2006

4,024,280

228,350

516,070

345,790

244,910

366,760

August 2007

4,040,940

227,440

518,560

349,450

244,850

369,570

Date

East

London

South East

South West

Wales

Scotland

August 1997

323,130

744,720

440,810

311,930

232,810

532,030

August 1998

311,250

705,020

422,500

301,270

228,050

515,120

August 1999

295,460

655,840

401,860

290,050

219,810

504,830

August 2000

275,530

598,220

382,910

272,930

209,870

479,200

August 2001

270,780

594,180

369,660

267,300

207,000

457,620

August 2002

267,870

599,200

362,300

257,230

200,670

448,180

August 2003

271,430

615,100

365,510

260,870

197,530

438,390

August 2004

282,110

661,020

388,170

270,250

200,830

450,850

August 2005

289,220

686,160

399,390

277,430

200,240

440,480

August 2006

297,060

689,680

412,680

288,850

201,940

432,210

August 2007

302,140

698,340

416,410

286,210

200,690

427,260

Notes:

1. The data refer to benefit units, which may be a single person or a couple.

2. The figures have been rounded to the nearest 10.

3. Figures for any non-responding authorities have been estimated.

4. Housing benefit figures exclude any extended payment cases.

5. From February 2007, DWP has been collecting more detailed housing benefit/council tax benefit data electronically from local authorities. Over time this will improve the accuracy, timeliness and level of detail available in the published statistics. However, until the new data have been fully quality assured to National Statistics standards, the most recent summary statistics available are for August 2007.

Source:

Housing Benefit and Council Tax Benefit Management Information System Quarterly 100 per cent caseload stock-count taken in August 1997 to August 2007.

Housing Benefit: Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much his Department spent on its housing benefit website in each of the last three years. (266282)

The Department provides web pages about the administration of housing benefit for local authority staff on its corporate website

www.dwp.gov.uk/housingbenefit

There are no separately quantifiable ongoing running costs for this section of the website.

Maintenance of DWP websites is mostly carried out by the Department's own in-house digital media team. It is not possible for us to quantify internal staff costs, because in most cases, staff are engaged in more than one role. In addition, we are unable to establish accurately our infrastructure costs because they form part of a wider departmental IT contract.

This section of the website was redeveloped in 2008 to make it easier for local authority staff to use. A contractor was employed specifically to undertake this work at a cost of £25,200.

DWP is currently working with the COI to develop a standardised method for quantifying website costs across Government. We will be implementing this standard from March 2009 in line with the current timetable.

Income Support: Mortgages

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what estimate he has made of the number of people who are receiving support for mortgage interest payments at a level below the standard rate of 6.08 per cent. and the rates at which such people are receiving payment; (254588)

(2) when he expects that the IT system faults affecting the level at which support for mortgage interest payments are received to be rectified; and when he expects all recipients to receive the correct level of payment;

(3) when his Department received reports that faults in its IT systems had caused errors in payments of support for mortgage interest; when he was informed of the faults; and what steps his Department has taken to rectify the errors;

(4) what estimate he has made of the average weekly underpayment of Support for Mortgage Interest for those not being paid at the standard interest rate of 6.08 per cent. as a result of the recent IT systems' failures in his Department;

(5) what plans he has to ensure that customers receiving underpayments of Support for Mortgage Interest (a) do not fall into arrears, (b) do not receive a poor credit rating and (c) are not put at risk of repossession as a result of IT systems' failure in his Department.

I refer the hon. Member to the written answer I gave the hon. Member for Northavon (Steve Webb) on 4 March 2009, Official Report, column 1614W.

When the Chancellor's decision was made to help our customers by keeping the support for mortgage interest rate at 6.08 per cent. we had already reprogrammed the IT which governs the assessment and payment of DWP benefits to implement the 1.5 per cent. reduction in the base rate announced by the Bank of England on 6 November. This was not a failure, but part of normal processing which could not be reversed without significant risk of disrupting the normal running of our IT systems, most critically the uprating of benefits—affecting many more cases than just those getting Support for Mortgage Interest. The solution we adopted was designed to reduce the risk of disruption while ensuring customers were received the extra money as speedy as possible.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions whether all the people receiving Support for Mortgage Interest payments at a level below the standard interest rate of 6.08 per cent. as a result of IT systems’ failures in his Department have been informed of the problem. (255520)

The amount of Support for Mortgage Interest is calculated by applying a Standard Interest Rate (SIR) to the capital outstanding on the mortgage SIR was based on the Bank of England base rate plus an additional 1.58 per cent. However, the Government were concerned that significant cuts in the base rate would disadvantage customers on benefit if they were reflected in the calculation of Support for Mortgage Interest, but not in the interest rates on their mortgages.

Given these exceptional circumstances, the Chancellor announced on 24 November 2008 in the pre-Budget report that the SIR should remain at 6.08 per cent. for six months to help our customers.

When the Chancellor’s decision was made, we had already re-programmed the IT which governs the assessment and payment of DWP benefits to implement the 1.5 per cent. reduction in the base rate announced by the Bank of England on 6 November 2008. This was not a failure, but part of normal processing which could not be reversed without significant risk of disrupting the normal running of our IT systems, most critically the uprating of benefits—affecting many more cases than just those getting support for mortgage interest. The solution we adopted was designed to reduce the risk of disruption whilst ensuring customers received their full entitlement.

Customers who were receiving support for mortgage interest will have received notifications generated by our IT system that their interest payments decreased from 14 December 2008. By now they should have received further notifications telling them about the increase in their benefit to reflect our decision to keep the interest rate higher than it would otherwise have been for six months.

Guidance has been issued to the Pension, Disability and Carers Service and Jobcentre Plus staff, to help them identify and correct benefit claims with housing costs that have been affected by the reduction. Telephony staff were fully briefed to deal with queries from members of the public, and to concentrate efforts on readjusting the effected cases.

Mortgage lenders, via the Council of Mortgage Lenders, have also been advised about the situation to ensure that lenders are aware of exactly what is happening.

Detailed guidance has been issued to local authorities so that action is taken to protect council tax benefit claims.

Jobcentre Plus

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the most recent Jobcentre Plus workload forecasts updated on 31 January are for the volume of claims for (a) jobseeker's allowance, (b) income support, (c) incapacity benefit or employment and support allowance and (d) Social Fund loans for each quarter up to 2015, broken down by (i) region, (ii) local authority, (iii) constituency and (iv) Jobcentre Plus district; what the total costs are expected to be; and if he will make a statement. (261024)

Jobcentre Plus: Lerwick

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many job vacancies were advertised in the Lerwick job centre in each month of 2008; and for what average length of time each job was advertised in that year. (260291)

The information is in the following table, and provides separate data for unfilled and notified vacancies to give the fullest picture of the number of Jobcentre Plus vacancies in any particular constituency. The labour market is dynamic and many new vacancies are filled so quickly they do not appear in the statistics for live unfilled vacancies, which are based on a snapshot of the vacancies available on a particular day.

The coverage of these figures relates only to Jobcentre Plus notified and unfilled vacancies. Many vacancies come up through other recruitment channels and the proportion accounted for by Jobcentre Plus is likely to vary over time, according to the occupation of the vacancy and industry of the employer, and by local area. Estimates of the number of unfilled job vacancies across the economy as a whole are available from the monthly ONS Vacancy Survey, based on a sample of some 6,000 enterprises. However, the ONS survey is currently designed to provide national estimates only.

In addition, it should be noted that parliamentary constituencies are often a poor match to the area covered by the local labour market. The number and range of jobs available to people within normal travel to work distances often extends well beyond immediate constituency boundaries.

Job vacancies advertised in Lerwick Jobcentre Plus offices in 2008Live unfilled vacanciesNotified vacanciesMedian duration (days between notification and closure]January 2008393542.0February 2008529042.0March 2008596637.9April 2008284828.0May 2008225937.8June 200810918636.4July 20081247839.5August 200811010846.0September 2008607951.6October 20087511634.4November 20085810537.2December 2008416533.4 Notes:1. Data are unrounded.2. Changes to Jobcentre Plus vacancy handling procedures have led to a major discontinuity in the vacancy statistics pre and post May 2006. Consequently, care should be taken in interpreting time-series data.3. Notified vacancies. Monthly data on the inflow of newly notified vacancies to Jobcentre Plus.4. The median duration (in days) is calculated by ranking all the vacancies in order of ascending duration and taking the middle value. Half the vacancies will have a duration greater than the median, and half will have a duration less than the median. For most purposes, the median will give a more representative measure of the average duration; a mean figure tends to be distorted by a small number of vacancies that have very long durations.5. These figures are published atwww.nomisweb.co.ukSource:Jobcentre Plus Labour Market System

Jobcentre Plus: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many of the 6,000 additional Jobcentre Plus staff announced on 25 November 2008 had been recruited by the latest date for which figures are available; and by what date he expects all of those staff to have been recruited. (262843)

[holding answer 11 March 2009]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question, asking how many of the 6,000 additional Jobcentre Plus staff announced on 25 November 2008 had been recruited on the latest date for which figures are available; and by what date he expects all of those staff to have been recruited. This is something which falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

Recruitment to deal with increased work load has already started and by the end of March 2009 we will have around 4,000 more staff than in our original Spending Review plans. The funding of an additional 6,000 Jobcentre Plus staff announced in the Pre Budget Report was specifically for 2009-10 onwards. We will be running major national recruitment campaigns for Personal Advisers and Interventions staff from 13 March 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many staff were employed in Jobcentre Plus in each year since its establishment. (262844)

[holding answer 11 March 2009]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking how many staff were employed in Jobcentre Plus in each year since its establishment. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

We are unable to provide information prior to April 2003.

The table below provides the number of full-time equivalents employed each year since April 2003 and up to January 2009.

Staff employed by Jobcentre Plus since April 2003

Full time equivalent staff

April 2003

82,904

March 2004

80,097

March 2005

74,475

March 2006

71,221

March 2007

67,946

March 2008

66,416

January 2009

67,941

Note:

Headcount figures are quoted in full-time equivalents using the Office for National Statistics criteria for counting headcount.

Sources:

1. Jobcentre Plus Management Information Portal. Information not available prior to April 2003 due to data capacity reasons.

2. Data for March 2008 and January 2009 is provided from “Dataview”, an electronic extract from the DWP Resource Management system.

Jobcentre Plus: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what assessment he has made of the adequacy of training a Jobcentre Plus financial assessor receives before starting work. (259054)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus, Mel Groves. I have asked the Acting Chief Executive to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Mel Groves:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking what assessment he has made of the adequacy of training a Jobcentre Plus financial assessor receives before starting work. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Acting Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

The adequacy of all Jobcentre Plus training products, including those for financial assessors is monitored closely during all stages of development (including rigorous quality assurance stages) by colleagues from policy branch and subject matter experts who are fully involved in every stage of the development lifecycle.

Additionally, the products are regularly discussed by our Senior Operational Managers at national, regional and district levels to ensure that the quality of the learning we provide is maintained.

Jobseeker's Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many appeals there have been against sanctions issued for non-compliance with the jobseeker's allowance regime in each of the last five years for which figures are available. (261065)

Fixed-length sanctions are issued for non-compliance with the jobseeker's allowance interventions regime. The information is in the following table.

Financial year

Fixed-length sanctions imposed

Appeals received

2003-04

31,720

370

2004-05

28,960

360

2005-06

29,650

380

2006-07

39,180

500

2007-08

47,000

670

Note:

All figures are rounded to the nearest 10. Some additional disclosure control is applied.

Source:

DWP Information Directorate: Jobseeker's Allowance Sanctions and Disallowance Decisions Statistics Database.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) men and (b) women were in receipt of (i) contribution-based and (ii) income-based jobseeker’s allowance in each of the last 12 months for which figures are available. (262426)

The available information is in the following table; the data are collected quarterly and not month by month.

Male and female recipients of jobseeker’s allowance August 2007 to August 2008, Great Britain

Males

Females

Date

Contribution Based Only

Contribution and Income Based

Income Based Only

Contribution Based Only

Contribution and Income Based

Income Based Only

August 2007

76,900

10,100

431,100

37,100

1,100

160,400

February 2008

95,000

11,100

437,700

37,800

1,300

154,400

May 2008

90,600

11,600

427,600

37,200

1,200

149,700

August 2008

105,600

13,100

453,500

45,700

1,700

169,300

Notes:

1. Figures have been uprated using 5 per cent. proportions against 100 per cent. WPLS totals.

2. Figures are rounded to the nearest 100.

3. Figures for November 2007 are not available due to JSA data for that quarter not being received by IFD.

4. Data are published at www.nomisweb.co.uk.

Source:

DWP Information Directorate work and pensions longitudinal study (WPLS) Information Directorate, 5 per cent. samples.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what percentage of jobseeker's allowance claimants had been claiming the benefit for over 12 months in each of the last 10 years for which figures are available. (262845)

[holding answer 11 March 2009]: The information is in the following table.

Proportion of jobseeker’s allowance claimants who had been claiming for over 12 months as at January in each year 2000 to 2009

January

Claimants (percentage)

2000

22.0

2001

19.4

2002

16.3

2003

14.5

2004

14.8

2005

14.4

2006

13.9

2007

16.5

2008

14.0

2009

8.4

Notes:

1. Percentages are rounded to one decimal place.

2. Claimant count data are published at https://www.nomisweb.co.uk.

3. Figures exclude clerical cases.

Source:

100 per cent. count of claimants of unemployment-related benefits, Jobcentre Plus Computer Systems (computer held cases only).

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many jobseeker’s allowance claimants there were in (a) the UK and (b) Wellingborough constituency on the latest date for which figures are available. (263438)

In January 2009, there were 1,282,645 people claiming jobseeker’s allowance in the UK and 2,710 in Wellingborough constituency. These numbers are based on seasonally unadjusted figures.

Notes:

1. Data are rounded to the nearest five.

2. Data are published at https://www.nomisweb.co.uk.

3. This is the seasonally unadjusted figure for the UK and has been used for comparison purposes as seasonally adjusted figures are not available for parliamentary constituencies. The headline change reported for the UK is 351,500

Source:

100 per cent. count of claimants of unemployment-related benefits, Jobcentre Plus Computer Systems (excludes clerical cases).

Jobseeker's Allowance: Bexley

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people resident in each ward in the London Borough of Bexley claimed jobseeker’s allowance in each of the last 12 months. (262211)

The information is in the following table.

20082009

Ward

Feb

Mar

April

May

June

July

Aug

Sept

Oct

Nov

Dec

Jan

Barnehurst

75

90

90

75

80

95

100

120

130

125

140

155

Belvedere

145

155

160

165

150

155

165

190

190

190

210

220

Blackfen and Lamorbey

60

70

65

60

65

60

80

90

100

110

120

155

Blendon and Penhill

55

45

60

60

60

50

50

60

65

75

90

120

Brampton

55

55

55

55

60

60

65

70

75

85

100

110

Christchurch

105

90

95

105

85

90

90

105

105

115

125

145

Colyers

185

195

190

180

185

190

205

220

210

210

220

240

Cray Meadows

90

85

85

90

95

110

130

145

145

150

175

190

Crayford

120

130

120

110

105

115

135

160

175

180

195

220

Danson Park

85

75

75

90

105

100

110

135

125

145

160

185

East Wickham

90

80

85

80

95

90

105

125

120

135

165

190

Erith

175

175

195

195

190

180

190

200

185

195

230

260

Falconwood and Welling

80

65

75

80

70

75

75

85

100

100

110

135

Lesnes Abbey

130

135

140

150

145

135

150

170

175

200

225

230

Longlands

55

50

50

45

50

50

60

65

75

80

90

105

North End

205

210

210

215

215

210

215

230

230

230

265

305

Northumberland Heath

100

95

100

95

100

90

110

110

105

115

125

140

Sidcup

70

70

75

70

65

65

75

80

85

80

90

100

St. Mary’s

55

50

50

60

50

50

60

65

70

80

85

115

St. Michael’s

85

90

95

95

95

95

90

105

125

125

145

170

Thamesmead East

240

235

235

230

235

235

240

260

270

290

315

345

Notes:

1. Data are rounded to the nearest 5.

2. Data are published at https://www.nomisweb.co.uk.

3. Figures exclude clerical cases.

Source:

100 per cent. count of claimants of unemployment-related benefits, Jobcentre Plus computer systems (computer held cases only).

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what percentage of young people in (a) the London Borough of Bexley and (b) Bexleyheath and Crayford constituency claimed jobseeker’s allowance in each year since 2005. (262212)

The information for the London Borough of Bexley is in the following table.

Percentage of young people age 18 to 24 in Bexley claiming Jobseeker’s Allowance

January 2005

3.2

January 2006

3.7

January 2007

3.6

January 2008

2.6

January 2009

4.5

Notes:

1. Number of claimants rounded to nearest five. Percentages are rounded to one decimal place.

2. Data are published at https://www.nomisweb.co.uk.

3. Figures exclude clerical cases.

4. Population estimates are taken from the ONS mid year population statistics for the relevant year except the years 2008 and 2009 which are based on the 2007 estimate.

The information for Bexleyheath and Crayford Constituency is not available.

Source:

100 per cent. count of claimants of unemployment-related benefits, Jobcentre Plus computer systems (computer held cases only).

New Deal Schemes

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions in which areas he expects flexible new deal providers will start delivery in October 2009. (263075)

[holding answer 12 March 2009]: The Government remain committed to bringing in the flexible new deal phase 1 from October 2009. The Jobcentre Plus districts in which flexible new deal phase 1 will be implemented are listed as follows.

Flexible new deal phase 1

Birmingham and Solihull

North and East Yorkshire and Humber

Tees Valley

South Yorkshire

Derbyshire

Surrey and Sussex

Kent

Leicestershire and Northamptonshire

Nottinghamshire

Central London

Lambeth, Southwark and Wandsworth

Devon and Cornwall

South Wales Valleys

South East Wales

South West Wales

North and Mid Wales

Black Country

Greater Manchester Central

Greater Manchester East and West

Coventry and Warwickshire

The Marches

Staffordshire

Lanarkshire and East Dunbartonshire

Edinburgh, Lothian and Borders

Ayrshire, Dumfries, Galloway and Inverclyde

Cambridgeshire and Suffolk

Norfolk

Lincolnshire and Rutland

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the budget for the flexible new deal is in each of the 14 areas in phase one of the project. (263076)

[holding answer 12 March 2009]: The budgets included in the Invitation to Tender for flexible new deal phase 1 by region are in the table. Revised budgets and annual profiles are subject to on going commercial negotiation and review.

Annual indicative contract package total for the period October 2009 to September 2014

£ million

Contract package/Jobcentre Plus districts

Ayrshire, Dumfries, Galloway and Inverclyde/Edinburgh, Lothian and Borders/Lanarkshire and East Dunbartonshire

17.11

North East Yorkshire and the Humber/Tees Valley

20.99

Greater Manchester Central/Greater Manchester East and West

18.52

Derbyshire / South Yorkshire

17.86

South East Wales / North and Mid Wales

8.59

Coventry and Warwickshire/The Marches /Staffordshire

17.18

Leicestershire and Northamptonshire/Nottinghamshire

18.32

Cambridgeshire and Suffolk/Lincolnshire and Rutland/Norfolk

15.91

Birmingham and Solihull

22.82

Black Country

16.56

South West Wales/South Wales Valleys

9.39

London Central/Lambeth, Southwark and Wandsworth

26.78

Kent/Surrey and Sussex

20.37

Devon and Cornwall

6.19

Total

236.59

Poverty: Children

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate he has made of the number of children who were (a) in relative poverty and (b) in single parent households in each year since 1979; and if he will make a statement. (263460)

The available information on the number of children living in relative low income since 1979 is given in the Households Below Average Income publication, published in June 2008, which is available in the Library.

Estimates of the number of dependent children in lone parent households or dependent children in lone parent families are readily available from different sources. Dependent children in lone parent families include children who may not be included in lone parent households, usually because they live in a multiple family household. Figures for England and Wales taken from the 2001 Census show that there were 2.4 million dependent children living in lone parent households, while there were 2.7 million dependent children living in lone parent families. Historic time series data are only readily available for children in lone parent families, not households.

Historic estimates of the number of dependent children living in lone parent families in Great Britain are available in past issues of Population Trends. The relevant issues are 109 (autumn 2002): “One parent families and the dependent children living in them in Great Britain” and 91 (spring 1998): “One parent families and their dependent children.” These are collated in the following table.

Dependent children living in lone parent families in Great Britain

Number of dependent children (million)

1971

1.0

1976

1.3

1981

1.5

1984

1.5

1986

1.6

1987

1.7

1988

1.8

1990

2.0

1991

2.2

1992

2.3

1993

2.4

1994

2.5

1995

2.6

1996

2.7

Source:

Best estimates using trends and combined survey sources (see Population Trends 91 and 109—articles on lone parents for details of the methodology)

Estimates are not readily available for all years.

More recent estimates for the UK are available from the Labour Force Survey and shown in the following table for all years between 1997 and 2008.

Dependent children living in lone parent families in the UK

Number of dependent children (million)

1997

2.7

1998

2.9

1999

2.9

2000

2.9

2001

2.9

2002

3.0

2003

3.0

2004

3.0

2005

3.0

2006

3.0

2007

3.0

2008

3.0

Source:

Labour Force Survey household data, April to June quarters, not seasonally adjusted.

Notes:

1. Given the different geography and different methods and sources used to prepare the estimates in these tables, they are not directly comparable.

2. All estimates are based on survey data and therefore subject to uncertainty.

3. Dependent children are children under 16, or those under 19 who are in full-time education. In addition, children cease to be dependent when they form their own family (ie they have children, marry or cohabit).

Social Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many Social Fund loans were not repaid in the last five years for which figures are available. (261425)

The number of loans outstanding as at 31 March 2008 for loans awarded in each of the last five years is as follows:

Year of original award

Number of loans outstanding

2003-04

300,064

2004-05

380,201

2005-06

555,354

2006-07

1,298,484

2007-08

2,305,653

Standard repayment terms for Social Fund Loans are 104 weeks, and in exceptional circumstances this can be extended to 130 weeks. Accordingly loans issued in both 2006-07 and 2007-08 would not necessarily have reached term.

Overall around £8 billion in loans has been awarded since 1988 with only £38 million (0.5 per cent.) being written off to date and recoveries continue to be pursued for both on and off benefit customers.

Social Security Benefits: Arrears

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what recent assessment he has made of the effect on claimants of (a) income support, (b) incapacity benefit, (c) jobseeker's allowance, (d) severe disablement allowance and (e) widow's benefit of the introduction of fortnightly payments in arrears; what steps have been taken to publicise this change; and if he will make a statement. (256869)

[holding answer 23 February 2009]: The changes are being introduced as they will simplify the process of paying the working age benefits listed above and will make it easier for customers to move between these benefits.

Customers receiving these benefits will not lose money when these changes come in as entitlement to benefit will be continuous. The change in pay periods may result in a perceived “gap” during the transition from weekly to fortnightly payments and customers who are unable to manage this gap will be able to apply for a repayable loan.

Jobcentre Plus has arranged a comprehensive communication campaign about the changes. Each customer will receive an initial letter or interview up to six months before they are moved to the new system. Further information will also be available from the Information Line advertised in the letter and on the Jobcentre Plus or Directgov websites. Four weeks before any changes are due to occur customers will also receive an individual detailed notification explaining exactly how and when the changes will be made and what help is available.

Social Security Benefits: Voluntary Work

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what information his Department provides to claimants on their rights to undertake voluntary work and the effect of such work on their entitlement to (a) incapacity benefit and (b) jobseeker’s allowance. (263600)

Working-age people in receipt of all benefits may do unlimited voluntary work, provided they continue to meet the usual benefit entitlement conditions.

Jobcentre Plus provides information on the benefit conditions relating to volunteering in a range of ways including: through a comprehensive leaflet covering incapacity benefit, jobseeker’s allowance and other benefits; through its internet web site which has links to advice on volunteering from other organisations; and through its network of local advisers based in Jobcentre Plus offices.

Vacancies: Chelmsford

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many job vacancies were notified to Jobcentre Plus branches in (a) West Chelmsford constituency and (b) the Chelmsford local authority area in each of the last 12 months. (261796)

[holding answer 9 March 2009]: The information is in the following table.

Vacancies notified to Jobcentre Plus in West Chelmsford constituency and Chelmsford local authority area

Live unfilled vacancies

Notified vacancies

Date

West Chelmsford parliamentary constituency

Chelmsford local authority

West Chelmsford parliamentary constituency

Chelmsford local authority

February 2008

1,050

1,124

1,231

1,345

March 2008

1,020

1,148

915

1,029

April 2008

851

956

842

930

May 2008

857

991

938

1,052

June 2008

860

1,045

1,010

1,195

July 2008

1,399

1,524

1,273

1,339

August 2008

1,014

1,087

1,121

1,246

September 2008

748

867

721

841

October 2008

954

1,088

1,009

1,092

November 2008

1,132

1,257

1,142

1,256

December 2008

752

808

477

522

January 2009

312

365

298

331

Notes:

1. Data are unrounded.

2. Changes to Jobcentre Plus vacancy handling procedures have led to a major discontinuity in the vacancy statistics pre and post May 2006. Consequently, care should be taken in interpreting time-series data.

3. These are not whole economy figures. Coverage relates just to vacancies notified to Jobcentre Plus and as such represent a market share of vacancies throughout the whole economy. This proportion varies over time, according to the occupation of the vacancy and industry of the employer, and by local area. Comprehensive estimates of all job vacancies (not just those notified to Jobcentre Plus) are available from the monthly ONS Vacancy Survey since April 2001, based on a sample of some 6,000 enterprises. However, the ONS survey is currently designed to provide national estimates only.

4. Notified vacancies. Monthly data on the inflow of newly notified vacancies to Jobcentre Plus.

5. The stocks of Live unfilled vacancies reflect more accurately job opportunities available via Jobcentre Plus. In the case of unfilled vacancies, use of the figures on live vacancies is recommended (i.e. excluding suspended vacancies), and this is the default option. Live vacancies may still include some vacancies which have already been filled or are otherwise no longer open.

6. To provide a geographic breakdown, in most cases the postcode of the vacancy is used to allocate the vacancy to a local area. Where this is missing or invalid, the employers' postcode or the postcode of the local Jobcentre Plus office is used.

7. These figures are published at

www.nomisweb.co.uk

8. Parliamentary constituencies and local authority areas are often a poor match for local labour markets. The number and range of jobs available to people within normal travel to work distances often extend well beyond immediate constituency and local authority boundaries.

Source:

Jobcentre Plus Labour Market System

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many job vacancies have been notified to the Chelmsford Jobcentre Plus in each of the last 12 months. (265403)

[holding answer 20 March 2009]: The information is in the following table.

Vacancies notified to Chelmsford Jobcentre Plus Office in the last 12 months

Number

March 2008

1,593

April 2008

1,177

May 2008

1,305

June 2008

1,534

July 2008

1,559

August 2008

1,408

September 2008

984

October 2008

1,211

November 2008

1,369

December 2008

568

January 2009

358

February 2009

1,208

Notes:

1. Data are unrounded.

2. These are not whole economy figures. Coverage relates just to vacancies notified to Jobcentre Plus and as such represent a market share of vacancies throughout the whole economy. This proportion varies over time, according to the occupation of the vacancy and industry of the employer, and by local area. Comprehensive estimates of all job vacancies (not just those notified to Jobcentre Plus) are available from the monthly ONS Vacancy Survey since April 2001, based on a sample of some 6,000 enterprises. However, the ONS survey is currently designed to provide national estimates only.

3. Notified vacancies are the monthly data on the inflow of newly notified vacancies to Jobcentre Plus.

4. These figures are published at www.nomisweb.co.uk

Source:

Jobcentre Plus Labour Market System.

Vacancies: Wales

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many job vacancies advertised by each public sector employer there have been in each Jobcentre Plus district in Wales at each salary band in each week since 1 January 2009. (264425)

Voluntary Work

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what restrictions to entitlement to jobseeker’s allowance are applied to individuals who are volunteers. (262957)

Working-age people in receipt of all benefits may do unlimited voluntary work, provided they continue to meet the usual benefit entitlement conditions. Jobseeker’s allowance claimants must remain available for and actively seeking work, continue to attend mandatory interviews with their Jobcentre Plus adviser and take part in any mandatory work-focused activity. They are also requested to inform their personal adviser that they are volunteering.

Provided they fulfil these conditions, jobseeker’s allowance claimants may do unlimited voluntary work and have no restrictions applied to their benefit entitlement as a result.

Unlike most jobseekers, who must be available for employment immediately, those undertaking voluntary work are allowed 48 hours notice to attend a job interview and one week’s notice to take up employment. If they receive reimbursement for any expenses incurred while volunteering, this does not affect their benefit entitlement.

Communities and Local Government

Council Housing: Rents

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many local authorities are planning an increase in (a) average guideline rent and (b) actual average rent equal to or less than 3.1 per cent. in 2009-10. (266487)

This information will not be available until local authorities' consultation responses have been received to a draft Amending 2009-10 Housing Revenue Account Subsidy Determination.

Consultation will be for four weeks commencing in the week beginning 23 March. We aim to publish the final Amending Determination in May.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the (a) average guideline rent increase and (b) actual average rent increase will be in each local authority in 2009-10. (266488)

Information on average guideline rent increases for each local housing authority, reflecting a national average increase of 6.2 per cent., is contained in the Housing Revenue Account (HRA) subsidy determination 2009-10 which is on the Department's website.

Information on average guideline rents for individual authorities based on a revised national average guideline increase of 3.1 per cent. will be issued for consultation this week as part of an Amending HRA subsidy determination for 2009-10.

Local authorities' actual average rent increases will not be available until after the end of consultation on the Amending Determination.

Council Housing: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment she has made of the effect in the reduction of council house rent rises on the ability of local authorities to meet the decent homes standard. (265967)

The reduction in guideline rents should have no impact on decent homes delivery, as any rent reductions in line with the proposal we have made will be covered by changes in local authority subsidy payments. The ability of a local authority to deliver decent homes is dependent on the level of capital repair and maintenance allowances and resources available, and the condition of its housing stock.

Council Tax

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the cumulative increase in band D council tax was for each local authority in England in the period from 2007 to 2010, ranked from lowest to highest. (265859)

Details of the increase in band D council tax for each local authority in England in the period from 2007-08 and 2008-09 are available on the Communities and Local Government website at:

http://www.local.communities.gov.uk/finance/ctax/data/ctaxtimes.xls

Data for 2009-10 will not be available until after 26 March 2009.

Departmental Detergents

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will make it her policy to ensure that no cleaning products or ingredients of cleaning products used by her Department have been tested on animals. (261132)

Cleaning services for the Department's HQ building are provided under the integrated facilities management contract with MITIE. They have confirmed with their suppliers that none of the cleaning products used have been tested on animals.

Eco-towns

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what estimate she has made of the costs of the improvements to the A391 in respect of the St. Austell eco-town development; (265273)

(2) what estimate she has made of the likely costs of the on-site utilities to be proposed for the eco-town at Pennbury;

(3) what estimate she has made of the cost of the rail strategy of the Ford Airfield eco-town proposal;

(4) what assessment she has made of each of the base case assumptions made in respect of each proposed eco-town development as part of her Department's financial viability study.

We are still consulting on the shortlisted locations, so at this stage in the process we have not undertaken detailed assessments. However, the Financial Viability Study, which we published on 5 March 2009, provides an initial high level assessment on whether an eco-town could be economically viable and as part of this looks at transport costs. We will consider this along with consultation responses and the further assessment work that has been undertaken when we take decisions on the final shortlist of locations with potential to be an eco-town.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much her Department spent on its financial viability study for eco-towns, broken down by cost category. (265287)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 23 February 2009, Official Report, column 108W, which sets out the costs for the eco-towns programme, including for the work on financial assessment to date. The recently published Financial Viability Study was an output from this work and carried out for us by a team of external advisers.

Eco-towns: Public Consultation

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many responses to the current consultation on eco-towns have been received; and what proportion are in favour of the schemes. (265075)

We will issue our response to the consultation in due course following the close of the consultation, and this will include a summary of the numbers of responses and comments received.

Eco-towns: St Austell

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much public funding she expects to be provided for the St. Austell eco-town development; and which organisations she expects to support the scheme. (265284)

The eco-towns consultation is still under way and no decisions have yet been taken on the final list of locations with potential to be an eco-town, so I am unable to comment on funding and support for St. Austell or any of the shortlisted proposals.

Eco-towns: Whitehill-Bordon

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the cost of acquiring the land at Whitehill Bordon owned by the Ministry of Defence. (265275)

We are still consulting on the eco-towns programme and at this stage of the process we have not undertaken a detailed assessment of the costs of acquiring land for the Whitehill-Bordon proposal.

Empty Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many empty homes have been brought back into use since the introduction of empty dwellings management orders. (267143)

We do not hold this information centrally. Empty dwelling management orders (EDMOs) are part of a wider range of powers available to local authorities to tackle empty homes in their area. We want to encourage voluntary reoccupation of empty homes but this can only work where there is realistic compulsion to back them up. EDMOs provide this compulsion and should therefore be a key component of a comprehensive empty property strategy. We are confident that the legislation is beginning to work well and local authorities claim that in many cases the threat of an EDMO has been sufficient to make owners take action to bring long-term empty homes back into use.

We are keen for local authorities to make use of EDMOs, where appropriate, and are supporting the independent Empty Homes Agency's new guidance on EDMOs, which was launched on 10 March. The guidance is internet based and interactive and will take local authorities through the EDMO process step by step. My right hon. Friend the Minister for Housing provided a foreword for the guidance.

We are also hosting a seminar at which I will address local authorities encouraging them to take action and to share best practice on tackling empty homes, including the use of EDMOs.

Home Ownership Incentive Schemes

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how much funding to support schemes and initiatives related to housing her Department has brought forward from (a) 2009-10 and (b) 2010-11; and if she will make a statement; (265268)

(2) what capital funding her Department has brought forward from its (a) 2009-10 and (b) 2010-11 budgets for use in (i) 2008-09 and (ii) 2009-10; and to what ends this funding has been allocated.

Communities and Local Government has brought forward £25 million of capital expenditure from 2009-10 and £1,475 million from 2010-11 as a result of initiatives announced in the September Housing Package and pre-Budget report.

£350 million has been brought forward to 2008-09, £1,000 million to 2009-10 and £55 million has been reallocated within 2010-11. This funding has been allocated to housing and regeneration programmes, including affordable housing, Decent Homes and the Community Infrastructure Fund. In addition £95 million has been made available for 2009-10 and 2010-11 to support reforms to Support for Mortgage Interest which is administered by the Department for Work and Pensions.

The pre-Budget report also offered flexibility to the regional development agencies to bring forward up to £100 million of capital expenditure from 2010-11 to 2009-10. In addition, Communities and Local Government has invited local authorities to bring forward up to £175 million from 2010-11 to 2009-10 to accelerate major repairs to council housing stock.

HomeBuy Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the average price of a property purchased through the MyChoiceHomeBuy scheme has been since the initiative began. (265006)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many unique visitors were received by the HomeBuy website in each month since its launch. (265007)

There is no single HomeBuy website, as HomeBuy agents are responsible for marketing their schemes, and consequently run their own individual websites. Links to all HomeBuy agents can be found on:

www.homesandcommunities.co.uk/homebuy

The general public can access details of the scheme centrally from:

www.direct.gov.uk

and further information on HomeBuy is also provided at:

www.communities.gov.uk

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what she expects the average monthly interest charged by HomeBuy Direct (a) funders and (b) providers to be; and if she will make a statement. (265010)

Each HomeBuy Direct purchaser will receive two equity loans—one provided by the Homes and Communities Agency and one by the relevant developer. These loans will always be of equal value, and their combined value will be between 15 per cent. and 30 per cent. of the property price. No fee will be charged on either equity loan for the first five years after purchase. From year six, an annual fee (levied monthly) of 1.75 per cent. will apply to each loan. The annual interest rate for the equity loans will rise annually by the retail price index (RPI) plus 1 per cent.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the average monthly interest charged by MyChoiceHomeBuy (a) funders and (b) providers has been since the scheme began. (265011)

This information is not held centrally. Information on the annual fee payable on the MyChoiceHomeBuy equity loan is available at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/housing/buyingselling/ownershipschemes/homebuy/openmarkethomebuy/

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many MyChoiceHomeBuy providers there are in each region. (265012)

There are eight MyChoice HomeBuy providers across the country, each of whom work in specific zones. The breakdown between the regions is as follows:

Region

Number of MyChoice providers

Providers

East Midlands

2

Metropolitan

Bedfordshire Pilgrims

Eastern

3

Aldwyck

Bedfordshire Pilgrims

Moat

London

2

Metropolitan

Tower

North East

1

Metropolitan

North West

1

Metropolitan

South East

3

Catalyst

Moat

Thames Valley

South West

1

Swaythling

West Midlands

1

Metropolitan

Yorkshire and Humberside

1

Metropolitan

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much (a) the Government and (b) its partners have provided for the HomeBuy Direct scheme; and how much will be provided in each of the next three years. (265017)

The Government are making £400 million available in the remainder of 2008-09 and 2009-10 to help up to 18,000 first time buyers into home ownership through the HomeBuy Direct scheme. The actual amount of expenditure incurred by Government will depend on take-up, as well as on the actual value of the equity loans that are provided to purchasers. The actual amount that is spent by Government will be matched by the participating developers (in the form of funding for equity loans).

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many people have applied for assistance via the My ChoiceHomeBuy scheme; how many applications have been granted; and what the average level of support has been. (265068)

45,452 applications were made for the MyChoice HomeBuy scheme to the end of February 2009, of which 23,632 were approved by the provider for the purchaser to seek a property. Of the 3,300 applicants that purchased a property up to the end of February 2009 the average level of Government funding was £31,738.

Housing Defects Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what payments were made to local authorities under the Housing Defects Scheme in each of the last five years; and if she will make a statement. (265083)

The following payments have been made to local authorities under the Housing Defects Scheme during the past five years:

£

2004-05

15,439,860

2005-06

16,492,740

2006-07

14,119,990

2007-08

11,573,252

2008-09

7,483,339

Housing: Construction

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) social and (b) private enterprise homes were built in each region in each of the last 20 quarters. (265088)

The following table shows the number of new build affordable homes for social rent in England, by region. These figures are not available quarterly.

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

North East

540

580

760

1,090

690

North West

1,130

1,270

1,220

1,480

2,040

Yorkshire and Humberside

1,150

1,040

1,090

1,370

1,340

East Midlands

1,030

1,130

1,470

1,370

1,810

West Midlands

1,710

1,860

2,060

1,300

2,060

Eastern

2,440

2,670

2,810

3,400

4,120

London

4,170

4,300

4,760

5,340

5,710

South East

3,710

3,910

3,860

4,040

4,680

South West

2,490

2,040

2,490

2,120

2,930

England

18,370

18,790

20,510

21,500

25,390

The social rent new build figures are from the Homes and Communities Agency Investment Management System (IMS), and Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA) returns and P2 house building returns submitted to CLG by local authorities and the National House-Building Council (NHBC).

I have also answered a question for the hon. Gentleman, Official Report, column 70W, showing the number of affordable homes provided in England. The social rent new build figures differ from the number of affordable homes provided because the affordable housing figures include intermediate rent and low cost home ownership as well as social rent, and they include acquisitions as well as new builds. The social rent new build figures in this answer exclude social rent acquisitions, intermediate rent and low cost home ownership.

The following table shows the number of private enterprise house building completions, quarterly, for each region.

Quarter

North East

North West

Yorks and Humber

East Midlands

West Midlands

Eastern

London

South East

South West

England

January to March 2004

1,150

3,680

2,890

3,180

2,720

3,380

2,610

4,840

3,220

27,670

April to June 2004

1,770

3,850

4,080

3,470

3,240

4,280

4,690

6,220

4,130

35,730

July to September 2004

1,560

5,660

3,780

3,390

3,010

4,390

5,520

4,820

4,000

36,120

October to December 2004

1,760

4,290

3,180

4,360

3,690

5,180

4,880

6,180

4,290

37,810

January to Mar 2005

1,550

3,460

2,780

3,440

3,050

3,930

2,800

4,980

3,470

29,470

April to June 2005

1,740

4,350

3,700

3,830

4,200

4,240

3,450

6,380

4,820

36,710

July to September 2005

1,740

4,130

3,410

4,070

3,610

4,300

2,830

5,760

3,700

33,550

October to December 2005

2,140

6,580

4,780

4,470

4,000

5,340

3,970

6,310

4,420

42,010

January to March 2006

1,520

4,810

3,880

3,210

3,090

3,710

3,360

5,120

3,990

32,670

April to June 2006

1,850

4,200

3,630

4,610

3,740

5,180

4,490

6,570

4,070

38,350

July to September 2006

1,430

3,320

3,720

3,580

3.670

4,390

3,480

4,760

4,000

32,340

October to December 2006

2,110

5,170

3,750

4,120

3,450

5,250

2,630

5,750

4,330

36.550

January to March 2007

2,110

4,480

4,660

4,350

3,290

4,780

3,830

5,800

5,160

38,450

April to June 2007

2,230

5,420

4,370

4,180

3,520

5,250

3,260

5,800

4,470

38.490

July to September 2007

1,630

4,090

3,860

3,870

2,650

4,740

4,050

5,460

3,610

33,950

October to December 2007

2,430

5,030

3,690

4,710

3,440

5,050

3,370

8,670

4,830

41,210

January to March 2008

1,190

5,010

3,240

3,250

2,360

3,810

2,280

5,140

3,680

29,940

April to June 2008

1,150

4,030

2,940

3,260

2,820

3,980

3,200

6,910

3,500

31,790

July to September 2008

930

2,710

2,860

2,000

2,110

3,070

2,880

5,470

3,810

28,630

October to December 2008

1,090

3,680

2,770

2,320

2,120

3,750

3,540

5,020

3,850

28,140

The private enterprise completions are from quarterly P2 house building returns submitted to CLG by local authorities and the NHBC.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the Government's target is for the number of new homes to be built in each of the next three years; and if she will make a statement. (265097)

The Housing Green Paper ‘Homes for the Future: more affordable, more Sustainable’, published in July 2007, set out the Government's ambition to increase housing supply.

Housing: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what the timetable is for her Department to agree the bids submitted by the Mayor of London on 1 December 2008 under the Targeted Funding Stream; (263148)

(2) when she expects to make a decision on recommendations made by the Mayor of London on 1 December 2008 to allocate (a) £90.7 million to bring empty homes back into use, reduce overcrowding and retrofit affordable housing stock, (b) £290 million to meet the Decent Homes standard, (c) £7.6 million to estate regeneration, (d) £35 million for improvements to the environmental standard of existing housing stock, (e) £9.2 million for improvements to the environmental standard of new affordable housing delivery and (f) £5.5 million to expedite affordable housing delivery in London.

We have today approved grant allocations to local authorities for private sector renewal in 2009-10. Allocations are in line with the recommendations made by regional assemblies and Mayor of London.

Housing: Low Incomes

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much her Department spent on (a) the Design for Manufacture Competition and (b) the Competition’s website in each year since 2004. (265262)

The Department commissioned English Partnerships (EP) to deliver the Design for Manufacture (DfM) programme on our behalf. The Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) took over responsibility for the programme last December. To date, EP and the HCA have spent £541,154 running the competition. This figure includes the costs incurred by EP for the provision of technical advice, support, monitoring and evaluation, and for the publication of the document “Designed for Manufacture—Lessons Learnt” in June 2006. This figure does not include EP’s DfM exhibition costs. Since its launch in 2005 the DfM website has cost approximately £19,085.25. This figure does not include the website hosting costs, which are not attributable directly to the DM website.

Housing: Overcrowding

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether she plans to re-assess her Department's definition of overcrowding in relation to housing; and if she will make a statement. (266476)

The Government are committed to addressing overcrowding and to updating the statutory standards. We have invested over £4 million in 38 local authorities this year to enable them to develop strategies and action plans to tackle overcrowding. Part of this funding has been used to collect more robust data on overcrowding which will enable us to assess the cost and impact of updating the statutory standards. We expect to have further evidence from the pathfinders in late spring. In 2009-10, we are investing a further £5 million in these 38 pathfinders and expanding the programme to include a further 17 local authority areas.

Housing: Repairs and Maintenance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what expenditure her Department incurred on the major repairs allowance in each year since 2001; and if she will make a statement. (266316)

The total annual allowances for the major repairs allowance since 2001 in England are given in the attached table:

£ billion

2001-02

1.59

2002-03

1.53

2003-04

1.46

2004-05

1.41

2005-06

1.36

2006-07

1.31

2007-08

1.28

2008-09

1.33

The allowances are calculated by and implemented through the HRA subsidy system for each local authority. The total allowance has decreased as large scale voluntary transfer has transferred councils housing to registered social landlords.

Housing: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when she expects the next English House Condition Survey to be published. (266484)

Infrastructure Planning Commission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when she expects the information transparency plan for the Infrastructure Planning Commission to be published. (266135)

The Infrastructure Planning Commission (IPC) will to be subject to the Freedom of Information (FOI) Act and all FOI requirements. Once the IPC is established it will develop a publication scheme in accordance with the FOI Act, and this will be published in due course.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the Infrastructure Planning Commission's administration costs in 2009. (266521)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to her on 17 March 2009, Official Report, column 1108W.

Local Government Finance: Chorley

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what information her Department holds on the programmes to which the (a) Local Authority Business Grant Incentive funding and (b) Area-based Grant made to Chorley Borough Council for the years 2009-10 to 2011-12 will be allocated. (264871)

I refer my hon. Friend to the answer I gave him on 18 March 2009, Official Report, columns 1178-79W, where I explained that the Department does not require authorities to make returns detailing how they have spent their ABG allocation, or to make reports on performance other than those required under the new local performance framework.

LAGBI is also a non-ringfenced grant; we do not therefore collect and hold any specific information on the programmes to which local authorities allocate their funds.

Mortgages: Government Assistance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how much her Department has spent on publicising its Mortgage Rescue Scheme to date; and how much has been allocated for such expenditure in each of the next two financial years; (265956)

(2) how much her Department has spent on publicising its Homeowners Mortgage Support Scheme; and how much has been allocated for such expenditure in each of the next two financial years.

The Department is conducting a public information campaign to publicise a wide range of support available to homeowners, including the Mortgage Rescue Scheme and the Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme. This campaign is currently underway, and spend figures part way through the campaign are not available. Details of the Department's expenditure on this campaign will be made available in the Department's forthcoming annual report.

There are no current allocations made for such expenditure in the next two financial years.

Neighbourhood Renewal Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) if she will place in the Library a copy of the qualifying criteria for the Neighbourhood Renewal Fund; (264979)

(2) if she will place in the Library a copy of the formula by which her Department calculates Neighbourhood Renewal Fund allocations for local authorities.

The Working Neighbourhoods Fund (WNF) was launched in December 2007 by the Department for Communities and Local Government and the Department for Work and Pensions. The Neighbourhood Renewal Fund and DWP’s Deprived Areas Fund were brought together in the WNF to create a single fund at the local level.

The criteria for qualification were published in the “The Working Neighbourhoods—Revising the Third Criteria—Consultation”, published in November 2008 as clarified in “The Working Neighbourhoods Fund 2009 to 2011: Revising the Third Criterion consultation—Government Response” published in February 2009. I have placed both documents in the Library. Both documents are also available from the Communities and Local website at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/wnf200911consultationresponse

and

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/wnf200911consultation

respectively.

Eligible authorities needed to meet the following qualifying criteria:

Have 20 per cent. or more of their lower super output areas in the most deprived 10 per cent. on the employment domain of the Index of Multiple Deprivation 2007;

Have 20 per cent. or more of their lower super output areas in the most deprived 10 per cent. on the overall Index of Multiple Deprivation 2007; or

Are ranked among the top 50 districts with the highest combined benefit/non- employment rate.

Local areas were only required to meet one of the above criteria to qualify for the fund.

The formula for WNF allocations can be found in paragraph 40 of ‘The Working Neighbourhoods Fund 2009 to 2011—Revising the Third Criterion’ document, published in February 2009, a copy of which I have also placed in the Library of the House. This document is also available on the Communities and Local Government website at

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/wnf200911consultation

Non-Domestic Rates

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what the average change in rateable value as a result of transitional rate relief in England was in (a) 2005-06, (b) 2006-07, (c) 2007-08 and (d) 2008-09; (265024)

(2) what the average monetary value of transitional rate relief in England was in (a) 2005-06, (b) 2006-07, (c) 2007-08 and (d) 2008-09.

Outturn data for the net value of transitional relief granted in 2005-06 to 2007-08 can be found in the Statistical Release “National non-domestic rates collected by local authorities in England 2007-08” that was published on 17 September 2008. It is contained in table 1 at

http://www.local.communities.gov.uk/finance/ctax/ndr078o.htm

These data are taken from NNDR3 forms submitted annually by all 354 billing authorities in England.

Budget estimate data on transitional relief to be granted in 2008-09 can be found in the Statistical Release “National non-domestic rates to be collected by local authorities in England 2008-09” that was published on 8 May 2008. It is contained in table 1 at

http://www.local.communities.gov.uk/finance/ctax/ndr089.htm

These data are taken from NNDR1 forms submitted annually by all 354 billing authorities in England.

Non-Domestic Rates: Business

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the average change in business rate liability for firms previously receiving revaluation transitional rate relief will be as a consequence of the end of transitional relief in 2009-10. (265044)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many businesses in England were eligible for transitional rate relief in 2008-09 but will no longer be eligible in 2009-10. (265045)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the cost of making the small business rate relief scheme automatic; and if she will make a statement. (265157)

A business is eligible for small business rate relief if its sole or main property has a rateable value of less than £15,000 (or £21,500 in Greater London); and each additional property it occupies, if any, has a rateable value of no more than £2,200; and the total rateable value of all of its properties is less than £15,000 (£21,500 in Greater London).

While the Government hold information on the rateable value of individual properties, they do not currently hold information on the rateable value of all properties held by each individual business. It is not therefore currently possible to establish the number of businesses that meet the eligibility criteria for small business rate relief. That is why currently ratepayers must declare to the relevant billing authority that they meet the criteria for the relief. Without the declaration it is not possible to establish whether a ratepayer occupies more than one property.

Non-Domestic Rates: Small Businesses

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what her most recent estimate is of the number of businesses in each local authority area eligible for rate relief under the small business rate relief scheme. (265936)

I refer my hon. Friend to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Rutland and Melton (Alan Duncan) on 29 April 2008, Official Report, column 319W.

Performing Arts

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether her Department has engaged any (a) actors, (b) musicians and (c) other performers to support its initiatives over the last five years. (264064)

Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the number of planning applications submitted to local authorities in (a) 2005, (b) 2006, (c) 2007 and (d) 2008. (266522)

The number of planning applications received by local planning authorities in England since 2005 are shown in the following table:

Number of planning applications received

2005

648,000

2006

641,000

2007

658,000

2008

1442,000

1Quarter 1 to Quarter 3 2008

Source:

Communities and Local Government Development Control returns

Data for 2008 are for the first three quarters of the year. Information on October to December 2008 will be published on 27 March 2009.

Planning: Horticulture

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will make it her policy that local planning officers should undertake mandatory training in horticulture; and if she will make a statement. (265902)

As well as technical skills local planning officers need to have an understanding of a wide range of social, economic and environmental issues that impact on the planning system. These are covered in professional training through planning schools, continuing professional development and training and experience provided by employers. It is not Government policy to mandate particular training requirements for local authority planning staff. Local authorities have considerable autonomy in determining their recruitment policies and training programmes.

Property Transfer

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much was paid per home to each local authority which has opted for large-scale voluntary transfer of their housing stock in each year since 1997. (264996)

The following table incorporates information the Department holds on gross transfer values and dwelling numbers where local authorities received payment from the receiving local authority following the transfer of social housing under large scale voluntary transfer arrangements since 1997. Exact information on payments received by a local authority from the registered social landlord for a particular transfer would need to be ascertained from the local authority.

The values shown in the table are in respect of the gross transfer price for all positive value stock transfer where local authorities should have received a payment. In arriving at such values the Department and local authorities use a model agreed with HM Treasury to establish a 30 year tenanted market value (TMV) of the dwellings to be transferred. The TMV reflects the intended continued use of the properties for social housing: it is always less than the open market value. The TMV is calculated as the net present value of the RSL’s projected stream of income from renting out the transferred stock, less its planned expenditure (including investment) stream. The precise details of payments received by LAs would need to be requested from LAS themselves.

Local authority

Date of transfer

Gross transfer price(£million)

Number of dwellings

Price per dwelling (£)

Cotswold DC

28 February 1997

53.45

4,282

12,482

South Staffs C

7 March 1997

42.67

5,273

8,092

Lichfield DC

19 March 1997

40.88

4,921

8,307

South Oxfordshire DC

7 July 1997

68.33

5,018

13,617

Eden C

22 September 1997

16.99

1,510

11,251

LB Bexley

9 February 1998

49.40

4,118

11,996

LB Bexley

9 February 1998

34.99

4,097

8,540

Congleton BC

2 March 1998

32.24

4,061

7,939

Kerrier DC

23 March 1998

32.02

3,732

8,579

West Somerset DC

30 March 1998

25.70

1,869

13,750

Tewkesbury BC

27 April 1998

24.48

3,066

7,985

Rother DC

1 May 1998

30.80

3,058

10,072

West Devon BC

22 February 1999

13.52

1,446

9,346

South Somerset DC

1 March 1999

69.25

8,883

7,795

East Lindsey DC

1 March 1999

45.00

5,102

8,820

Manchester CC Darnhill

8 March 1999

0.85

1,030

825

South Hams District Council

22 March 1999

41.00

3,096

13,243

Telford and Wrekin C

25 March 1999

113.37

13,081

8,667

Worthing BC

29 March 1999

35.59

2,525

14,095

Bath and North East Somerset C

29 March 1999

79.49

9,887

8,040

Allerdale BC

31 March 1999

30.60

3,704

8,261

West Lindsey DC

18 October 1999

30.70

3,929

7,814

Boston BC

29 November 1999

43.40

4,871

8,907

Tynedale DC

20 December 1999

33.86

3,564

9,500

Newcastle Under Lyme BC

31 January 2000

54.00

9,887

5,462

Restormel BC

7 February 2000

25.11

3,577

7,018

Manchester CC (Colshaw Farm)

14 February 2000

0.90

600

1,500

North Devon DC

21February 2000

44.25

3,293

13,438

Burnley BC

8 March 2000

22.41

5,330

4,205

Manchester CC Sale Estate

20 March 2000

2.35

1,655

1,419

Weymouth and Portland C

20 March 2000

30.99

3,105

1,907

Huntingdon DC

20 March 2000

63.40

6,650

9,534

Elmbridge BC

27 March 2000

56.90

4,894

11,626

Test Valley BC

27 March 2000

79.99

5,495

14,559

Wyre Forest DC

27 March 2000

40.95

6,056

6,762

Manchester CC Whitefield Estate

27 March 2000

1.97

1,033

1,942

Tameside MBC

27 March 2000

127.50

16,446

7,743

LB Richmond

17 July 2000

59.50

7,139

8,335

Coventry CC

22 September 2000

49.50

20,125

2,460

Fylde BC

2 October 2000

12.00

1,905

6,300

Chester CC

27 November 2000

45.00

7,096

6,341

Horsham DC

11 December 2000

67.25

4,650

14,462

East Northamptonshire DC

19 February 2001

21.49

3,495

6,150

Torbay BC

19 February 2001

19.10

2,947

6,480

Staffordshire Moorlands DC

23 February 2001

19.67

3,132

6,290

Calderdale MBC

6 March 2001

36.00

12,759

2,821

Chichester DC

13 March 2001

78.50

5,321

14,752

Mendip DC

19 March 2001

35.00

4,326

8,091

West Wiltshire DC

26 March 2001

21.00

3,284

6,423

West Oxfordshire DC

26 March 2001

50.90

3,643

13,972

East Staffordshire BC

26 March 2001

24.50

5,637

4,346

Manchester CC Handforth Estate

26 March 2001

0.37

659

561

Sunderland CC

26 March 2001

219.80

36,356

6,045

Blackburn with Darwen BC

28 March 2001

35.40

9,886

3,580

Shrewsbury and Atcham BC

1 October 2001

63.40

5,500

11,527

Mid-Bedfordshire DC

5 November 2001

31.33

3,084

10,159

Derbyshire Dales

4 March 2002

24.80

3,287

7,544

Chelmsford BC

11 March 2002

79.60

6,902

11,530

East Hertfordshire DC

18 March 2002

32.10

2,687

11,937

44.40

3,237

13,725

Erewash BC

25 March 2002

38.10

5,847

6,516

Reigate and Banstead BC

25 March 2002

64.00

4,846

13,212

St. Edmundsbury

24 June 2002

45.10

5,947

7,583

Vale Royal BC

1 July 2002

51.07

6,813

7,495

St. Helens MBC

1 July 2002

28.90

14,632

1,974

Redcar and Cleveland BC

15 July 2002

60.20

11,625

5,180

Knowsley MBC

15 July 2002

30.66

17,090

1,794

LB Waltham Forest

30 September 2002

1.87

2,242

834

County of Herefordshire C

25 November 2002

39.56

5,696

6,945

Carlisle CC

9 December 2002

12.98

7,198

1,803

Rushcliffe BC

20 January 2003

44.56

3,445

12,934

Liverpool CC Eastern Fringe (south)

23 January 2003

5.10

2,833

1,800

City of Bradford

24 February 2003

70.10

24,764

2,831

Amber Valley BC

24 February 2003

28.57

5,632

5,073

Crewe and Nantwich BC

10 March 2003

34.10

5,515

6,183

Walsall MBC (majority of stock)

27 March 2003

24.00

22,971

1,045

Craven DC

31 March 2003

17.60

1,541

11,421

Forest of Dean DC

31 March 2003

24.50

3,577

6,849

North Hertfordshire DC

31 March 2003

27.00

8,570

3,150

Scarborough BC

15 December 2003

24.25

4,632

5,235

Maidstone BC

2 February 2004

35.82

6,810

5,260

Teignbridge

4 February 2004

12.90

3,647

3,537

Cherwell

29 March 2004

42.85

3,656

11,720

Bromsgrove

29 March 2004

16.50

3,096

5,329

Hartlepool

29 March 2004

3.20

7,509

426

Worcester

31 March 2004

5.31

4,888

1,086

South Norfolk

17 May 2004

31.60

4,214

7,499

Copeland BC

7 June 2004

1.20

3,787

317

Purbeck

28 June 2004

15.60

1,622

9,617

Manchester (Woodhouse Park)

4 October 2004

1.50

2,344

640

Peterborough

4 October 2004

46.25

9,757

4,740

Forest Heath

11 October 2004

23.40

2,653

8,820

Middlesbrough

15 November 2004

10.00

11,968

836

Wirral

7 February 2005

49.75

13,997

3,556

Trafford

14 March 2005

5.60

9,509

588

Wakefield

21 March 2005

15.50

31,901

486

Manchester CC (Haughton Green)

18 April 2005

0.15

933

162

Halton

5 December 2005

4.50

6,227

723

Tower Hamlets (Island Homes)

5 December 2005

5.38

1,260

4,270

Tower Hamlets (Island Gardens)

15 January 2006

2.86

552

5,181

Broxbourne

23 January 2006

36.30

3,433

10,574

Stafford BC

6 February 2006

3.70

5,419

682

North Somerset

6 February 2006

27.13

6,157

4,406

North Norfolk

13 February 2006

34.80

4,651

7,482

Kings Lynn and West Norfolk BC

3 April 2006

13.71

6,852

2,001

Teesdale DC

3 July 2006

4.46

897

4,972

Aylesbury Vale DC

17 July 2006

43.00

7,470

5,756

Macclesfield BC

17 July 2006

19.30

5,123

3,781

Tower Hamlets (Lansbury)

14 August 2006

4.18

606

6,891

Derwentside DC

4 December 2006

2.30

6,884

334

South Gloucestershire

12 February 2007

16.52

7,882

2,095

Chorley

26 March 2007

2.23

2,813

790

LB Sutton (Roundshaw)

16 April 2007

6.20

524

11,832

Sheffield (Hyde Park Walk and Terrace)

11 June 2007

0.20

129

1,550

North Shropshire DC

30 July 2007

6.70

2,317

2,891

Watford BC

10 September 2007

24.00

4,468

5,371

Rochford DC

26 September 2007

1.86

1,749

1,063

Mole Valley

29 October 2007

35.00

3,170

11,041

Daventry DC

5 November 2007

15.70

3,099

5,066

Fenland DC

5 November 2007

41.60

3,670

11,335

Braintree DC

12 November 2007

25.60

7,644

3,349

Harborough DC

3 December 2007

7.50

2,118

3,541

Torridge DC

10 December 2007

0.60

2,354

255

Wellingborough BC

10 December 2007

3.00

4,548

659

Bracknell Forest BC

11 February 2008

34.50

6,690

5,156

South Northamptonshire Council

17 March 2008

15.00

2,894

5,183

Three Rivers DC

19 March 2008

26.60

3,807

6,987

LB Lewisham (Grove Park)

7 July 2008

1.00

1,099

910

Blaby District Council

3 November 2008

2.90

2,126

1,364

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much she estimates will be provided in (a) 2008-09 and (b) 2009-10 (i) to write off overhanging housing debt for local authorities who privatise their housing stock and (ii) for council house repairs and renovations in those authorities. (264998)

The Department expects to pay £515 million in overhanging debt (OHD) to the Public Works Loan Boards in respect of completed large scale voluntary transfers in 2008-09. We estimate that overhanging debt payments in 2009-10 may total up to £300 million.

For those authorities that transferred either all or part of their housing stock in 2008-09, the Department has allocated allowances for management, maintenance and major repairs of a value of £320 million.

It is too early to provide an accurate forecast of the expenditure allowances to be provided to stock transferring authorities for 2009-10.

Regional Planning and Development

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what remuneration is given to each member of each of the Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships. (265064)

The Regional Improvement and Efficiency Partnerships (RIEPs) are devolved partnerships of councils and other local services. Information on remuneration packages for RIEPs members is not held centrally.

Rented Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what proportion of rented homes in England were owned by (a) housing associations, (b) local authorities and (c) private landlords in each of the last five years. (265001)

The following table shows the dwelling stock in England rented from registered social landlords, local authorities and private landlords as a proportion of the estimated total rented dwelling stock in each of the last five years for which data are available.

Rented from registered social landlords(percentage)

Rented from local authorities(percentage)

Rented from private landlords(percentage)

Total rented dwellings(thousand)

2003

26

38

36

6,393

2004

26

36

37

6,426

2005

28

33

39

6,493

2006

28

32

41

6,600

2007

28

29

43

6,740

Sources:

Census 2001; Housing Flows Reconciliation and joint returns by local authorities; Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA) submitted to Communities and Local Government by local authorities; Regulatory Statistical Return (RSR) as reported to the Housing Corporation by registered social landlords; Labour Force Survey.

Rented Housing: Overcrowding

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the number and proportion of (a) households and (b) people in the (i) private and (ii) social rented sector living in overcrowded conditions in each of the last five years. (266320)

Levels of overcrowding are measured through the Survey of English Housing and assessed against the “bedroom standard”. Estimates of the number and proportion of households living in overcrowded conditions in the private rented and social rented sectors in England are given in table 1. Corresponding estimates of the number and proportion of people in overcrowded conditions are given in table 2. A three year moving average is provided due to small sample sizes for these groups.

Table 1: Estimated number of households in overcrowded conditions, England, 2003-04 to 2007-08, three year moving average1

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

Thousands of overcrowded households

Social renters

195

205

216

229

234

Private renters

84

99

109

125

126

Percentage of all households by tenure

Social renters

5.3

4.9

5.2

5.5

5.9

Private renters

3.9

4.1

4.6

4.7

5.1

1A three year moving average is used due to sample size issues. 2003-04 estimates are the average of 2001-02, 2002-03 and 2003-04.

Source:

Communities and local government, Survey for English Housing

Table 2: Estimated number of people living in overcrowded conditions, England, 2003-04 to 2007-08, three year moving average1

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

Thousands of people in overcrowded conditions

Social renters

889

936

950

1,045

1,069

Private renters

353

397

433

512

537

Percentage of all people by tenure

Social renters

10.2

10.9

11.3

12.2

12.3

Private renters

7.8

8.2

8.3

9.2

9.2

1 A three year moving average is used due to sample size issues. 2003-04 estimates are the average of 2001-02, 2002-03 and 2003-04.

Source:

Communities and local government, Survey for English Housing

Rented Housing: Regulation

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what responsibilities the Tenant Services Agency has in respect of regulation of public sector leaseholders. (265774)

The Tenant Services Authority has no responsibilities in respect of leaseholders who own 100 per cent. of the interest in their homes. Leaseholders already have access to a wide range of protections and rights. The Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 limits the Tenant Services Authority’s future regulatory remit to ‘social housing’, which includes low cost rental and low cost home ownership accommodation as defined in sections 69-70 of the Act (including some types of “shared ownership” agreement), but not other owner-occupied homes or the private rented sector. However the Tenant Services Authority is likely to be interested in how registered providers deliver management across their stock.

Repossession Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) sole owners, (b) joint owners and (c) first-time buyers have had their properties repossessed in (a) North West Cambridgeshire constituency, (b) Cambridgeshire, (c) the East of England and (d) England in each of the last five years; and how many of those were aged (i) 18 to 30, (ii) 31 to 40, (iii) 41 to 50, (iv) 51 to 60 and (v) over 60 years. (264758)

The Department does not collect data on repossessions. Repossessions data at the UK level are available from the Council of Mortgage Lenders and Financial Services Authority. These data are not split out by sole owners and joint owners, first time buyers and non-first time buyers, or by region. Nor are they split out by different age groups.

The only sub-national figures relating to repossessions are for possession orders. Statistics on mortgage and landlord possession orders for the county courts are available via the Ministry of Justice website at:

http://www.justice.gov.uk/docs/stats-landlord-mortgage-historic-20-02-09.xls

Social Rented Housing: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 24 February 2009, Official Report, column 556W, on social rented housing: standards, how many homes each percentage figure in the table represents. (266503)

The following table provides the information requested. This is drawn from the Business Plan Statistical Appendix—Annual Monitoring data from Local Authorities for 2007-08 published by CLG last month. The RSL data are from the Regulatory Statistical Return (RSR) for 2007-08 published by the Housing Corporation (now Tenant Services Authority) last autumn.

Number of social houses meeting the decent homes standard

Local authorities

RSLs

2007

2008

2010

2007

2008

Birmingham

42,713

51,276

65,711

35,271

36,835

Bradford

1

1

1

26,793

28,426

Bristol

24,356

25,098

27,703

9,059

9,325

Coventry

1

1

1

22,176

22,668

Derby

13,549

13,746

13,746

5,913

6,325

Dudley

19,166

20,087

22,434

3,812

3,832

Kingston-upon-Hull

9,845

14,012

22,757

6,579

6,564

Leeds

38,691

46,288

57,849

13,817

14,352

Leicester

18,984

20,325

21,756

9,702

9,772

Liverpool

1

1

1

37,448

44,682

London

283,421

302,118

361,162

299,159

315,239

Manchester

9,098

13,131

23,328

29,978

34,400

Newcastle-upon-Tyne

3,019

8,922

21,866

6,823

6,784

Nottingham

19,083

20,058

20,223

8,721

8,905

Plymouth2

7,661

6,638

2,269

6,418

6,219

Reading

6,494

6,740

7,176

3,711

3,898

Sheffield

20,468

27,893

39,179

12,998

13,534

Southampton

12,875

13,850

16,490

5,865

6,199

Stoke-on-Trent

14,624

15,282

18,019

6,116

6,359

Wolverhampton

10,533

13,582

18,048

5,069

5,402

1No current stock.

2Housing transfer to new RSL November 2009.

Decent Homes forecasts by local authority for registered social landlords' property are not available.

Social Rented Housing: Waiting Lists

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what estimate she has made of the net change in the number of (a) households, (b) individuals and (c) children on social housing waiting lists in each of the last 20 quarters; (265324)

(2) what estimate she has made of the number of (a) households, (b) individuals and (c) children on social housing waiting lists in each of the last 20 quarters.

The number of households on the local authority housing waiting list is collected on the Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA) as at 1 April each year. This information is not collected quarterly and is not collected for individuals or children. Where local authorities and registered social landlords operate a common register, households registered with the RSL will be included in the data. However, registered social landlords are independent bodies and can keep their own waiting lists. The number of households on the housing waiting list in each local authority is published on the Communities and Local Government website in table 600.

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/xls/table600.xls

The table shows the number of households on the local authority housing waiting list and the associated annual net change for each year for the past five years (which encompasses the last 20 quarters).

Number of households on the waiting list and annual net change (excludes households looking for transfers): England, 2003-08

Count

Net change from previous year

2003

1,271,000

2004

1,438,000

167,000

2005

1,547,000

110,000

2006

1,634,000

87,000

2007

1,674,000

40,000

2008

1,770,000

96,000

Notes:

1. As at 1 April each year

2. Figures are rounded to the nearest thousand

Source:

Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA)

Not everyone on the local authority housing waiting list is necessarily in urgent housing need. The waiting list includes those who consider social housing as their preferred or one of a number of housing options, and those who decide to get onto the waiting list ladder before they need or want to move house—particularly where the priority system is heavily based on waiting time. The size of the waiting list is not an indicator of absolute need, it is only useful as a broad indicator of housing demand in an area.

Further information on the number of households on the local authority housing waiting lists for England, can be found in the statistical release “Local Authority Housing Statistics England: 2007-08: Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA) & Business Plan Statistical Appendix (BPSA)” This was published on 22 January 2009 on the Communities and Local Government website at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/corporate/statistics/lahousing200708

Copies of the statistical release and live table have been deposited in the Library.

Temporary Accommodation

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the number of households in temporary accommodation in each of the last 20 quarters. (266336)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to him on 24 March 2009, Official Report, column 223W.

Tenancy Deposit Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the proportion of tenancy agreements in the private rented sector which are protected under the Tenancy Deposit Scheme. (266321)

I refer to my answer of 17 March 2009, Official Report, column 1115W. We have not made any estimate of the proportion of tenancy agreements in the private rented sector represented by the 1.2 million deposits and almost £1 billion protected under the tenancy deposit protection provisions.

Tenants Rights

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what plans she has to implement the recommendations made by the Law Commission on tenancies and tenants' right made in 2006. (267142)

I refer my hon. Friend to the answer given on 11 March, Official Report, column 498W. The Government's response to the Law Commission's report—Renting Homes—will be incorporated into the response to the Rugg review.

Tenants Service Authority

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much the Tenants Service Authority has spent on branding since its establishment. (266199)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman) on 29 January 2009, Official Report, column 784W.

Unitary Councils: Coastal Areas

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what recent assessment she has made of the performance of unitary authorities in which seaside and coastal towns are located. (265497)

The Audit Commission is responsible for assessing English councils’ performance and the services they provide (such as housing, environment, benefits and culture as well as cross cutting issues like regeneration and community safety) through the Comprehensive Performance Assessment (CPA) system. CPA provides local people with a report card of how their council is performing overall compared to other councils. It measures a range of information such as performance levels, inspection and audit reports, corporate governance and self-assessment by the council to reach a single judgment.

The 2008 CPA results for single tier and county councils were published by the Audit Commission on 5 March; scores for individual authorities can be found on the Commission’s website:

http://www.audit-commission.gov.uk/cpa/stcc/stccscores.asp

CPA will be replaced by Comprehensive Area Assessment (CAA) from 1 April 2009 as part of the new local performance framework. CAA will apply to all outcomes delivered by local authorities acting alone or in partnership, unlike CPA which focused on services provided by individual councils.

Public Accounts Commission

National Audit Office: Pay

To ask the Chairman of the Public Accounts Commission for what reasons the Commission agreed at its meeting of 16 December 2008 that the Comptroller and Auditor General’s pay should be linked to that of the Lord Chief Justice. (265724)

While discussing the Government’s draft clauses on the NAO’s corporate governance, the Commission considered two options for the C&AG’s pay: linking to the range of salaries received by Permanent Secretaries and linking to the judicial pay scale. Since the salaries of Permanent Secretaries include a performance bonus, and the draft legislation specifies that the C&AG’s salary should not have a performance element, the Commission preferred a link to the judicial pay scale.

The current C&AG is paid on the judicial pay scale and this arrangement provides transparency. Although the Commission does not set the C&AG’s pay, and would not do so under the terms of the draft legislation, it discussed what the level of that pay should be under the new corporate governance arrangements, and the consensus view within the Commission was that the C&AG ought to be paid the same as the Lord Chief Justice in order to reflect the responsibilities of the post.

Energy and Climate Change

Biofuels: Imports

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much bio-ethanol was imported from Brazil to meet bio-gas requirements in the latest period for which figures are available. (265299)

I have been asked to reply.

The EU classification system used to collect trade data does not directly identify biofuels. The nearest equivalents are the categories ‘Undenatured bioethanol 80 per cent. alcohol by volume or higher’ and ‘Denatured bioethanol of any alcoholic strength’, for the subset of goods “obtained from agricultural products”.

In 2008, the UK imported 82.7 million litres of ‘undenatured bioethanol 80 per cent. alcohol by volume or higher’ from Brazil valued at £22.8 million and with a net mass of 69.3 thousand tonnes. There were no importations of ‘denatured bioethanol of any alcoholic strength’ for goods obtained from agricultural products.

As the coverage is not specific to biofuels, it is not known if this trade was imported to meet bio-gas requirements.

Carbon Emissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what methodological changes in the measurement of carbon dioxide emissions the Government has adopted since January 2008. (259285)

The 1990 to 2007 inventory is the latest UK inventory that considers methodological changes in CO2 emission estimates adopted since January 2008. There have been no major methodological changes affecting CO2 emission estimates in this inventory. Small changes in the CO2 inventory have occurred due to changes in reported energy statistics presented in the Digest of UK Energy Statistics and also as a result of introducing EU Emissions Trading Scheme carbon emission factors for some fuels burnt in power stations and refineries. The 1990 to 2007 inventory will be formally reported to the Framework Convention on Climate Change on 15 April 2009, after which the inventory report, which contains detailed explanations of methodologies, will be available.

Carbon Trust and Energy Saving Trust

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change with which public affairs companies (a) the Carbon Trust and (b) the Energy Saving Trust had contracts in 2008. (255941)

The Carbon Trust inform us that they retained Weber Shandwick until 31 October 2008 and TLG Communications Ltd from 17 November 2008 to provide public affairs strategic advice and support; and Grayling Political Strategy to provide public affairs strategic advice and support in relation to Scotland.

The Energy Saving Trust tell us they had contracts with the following public affairs companies in 2008: Positif Politics Ltd, Strategem, Weber Shandwick Public Affairs and Geronimo Communications.

Coal: Imports

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much coal was imported from each country of origin in each of the last 10 years. (265029)

The table shows the amount of coal imported by country of origin for each year between 2001 and 2007. Figures prior to 2001 are not readily available.

Coal imports into the UK by country of origin, 2001-07

Thousand tonnes

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

European Union

Belgium/Luxembourg

6

2

12

11

14

2

1

Denmark

10

7

Estonia

22

15

37

66

France

17

19

50

4

5

Germany

10

2

13

16

50

13

Irish Republic

73

46

57

40

38

19

23

Italy

14

7

Latvia

11

118

384

130

Netherlands

157

257

246

193

197

188

170

Poland1

1,208

647

856

130

Portugal

8

Spain

9

21

24

41

46

11

Sweden

5

25

Total European Union

240

366

369

1,580

1,092

1,597

557

Australia

7,076

5,093

5,664

6,175

4,463

4,057

4,745

Canada

1,182

750

839

740

1,084

1,282

1,662

Colombia

6,722

3,547

3,398

3,630

3,289

3,798

3,872

Indonesia

50

45

402

1,458

1,616

1,895

1,455

Norway

24

164

145

138

20

42

People’s Republic of China

705

288

210

233

135

44

255

Poland1

1,235

1,596

1,902

Republic of South Africa

10,259

9,876

12,194

10,144

13,029

12,642

7,729

Russia

3,895

4,368

5,089

9,932

17,521

22,285

20,106

United States of America

2,610

1,567

1,154

2,061

1,509

2,024

2,523

Venezuela

56

39

Vietnam

92

86

45

23

19

Other countries

1,396

940

480

225

30

29

Total all countries

35,542

28,687

31,891

36,153

43,963

49,693

42,975

1 Poland joined the EU in 2004.

Source:

Annex G.5: Imports and exports of solid fuels, Digest of UK Energy Statistics 2008, Internet version, based on data provided by HM Revenue and Customs.

Coal-fired Power Stations

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change pursuant to the Answer of 17 March 2009 to the hon. Member for Wealden (Charles Hendry), Official Report, columns 998-99W, on departmental public consultation, if he will defer any decisions on applications for new coal-fired power stations until the completion of his Department's consultation on a new framework for coal-fired power stations. (265901)

Decisions on any applications for new coal-fired power stations, including the only current application (by E.ON UK plc for consent under section 36 of the Electricity Act 1989 for a 1600 MW coal-fired power station at Kingsnorth) will follow the conclusion of both the consultation on carbon capture readiness and the planned new consultation on a new framework for coal-fired power stations.

Departmental Lost Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change whether officials in his Department who have lost laptops that were the property of his Department in the last 12 months have been charged the full value of replacement. (266232)

The Department currently uses IT equipment and services including laptop computers provided by the Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform and the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many staff his Department employs; and at how many locations in London they are based. (265918)

[holding answer 24 March 2009]: The Department currently employs 760 staff in three locations in London.

Departmental Press Releases

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change if he will place in the Library a copy of the (a) presentation and (b) handout used at the press briefing held by his Department on 9 February 2009. (257583)

[holding answer 23 February 2009]: There was no formal presentation, but a handout containing readily available background information on types of renewable heat technology was made available. The same information is found on pages 23-25 of the Heat and Energy Saving Strategy consultation document available at:

http://hes.decc.gov.uk.

Departmental Public Consultation

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many public consultations his Department has conducted in the last 12 months; how long each consultation was open for; how many responses were received in each case; and what the cost of conducting each consultation was. (259691)

Between 3 October 2008 (when the Department was formed) and 23 March 2009, the Department of Energy and Climate Change conducted 14 public consultations of which two have now closed. All but one of the consultations are, or were, open for at least 12 weeks in line with HM Government’s Code of Practice. The number of responses received for completed consultations (on carbon units and offshore electricity transmission) was 43 and 24 respectively.

Providing the costs of conducting the consultations could be done only at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what payments for (a) polling and (b) other services his Department has made to (i) Deborah Mattinson and (ii) Opinion Leader Research Limited since its creation; and if he will make a statement. (261058)

Since its creation in October 2008, the Department for Energy and Climate Change has made no payments to Deborah Martinson or Opinion Leader Research.

Departmental Responsibilities

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change whether his Department has lead responsibility for (a) the Advisory Committee on Carbon Abatement Technologies, (b) the Fuel Poverty Advisory Group, (c) the Renewables Advisory Board, (d) the Civil Nuclear Police Atomic Authority, (e) the Coal Authority and (f) the UK Police Atomic Energy Authority. (255949)

My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State has lead responsibility for the Advisory Committee on Carbon Abatement Technologies, the Fuel Poverty Advisory Group, the Renewables Advisory Board, the Civil Nuclear Police Atomic Authority and the Coal Authority.

Prior to 1 April 2005, the Civil Nuclear Constabulary was known as the United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority Constabulary (UKAEAC), and had been a part of the United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority (UKAEA) since its inception in 1955. The Energy Act 2004 made provision for the transfer of the constabulary from the UKAEA to a statutory police authority, called the civil nuclear police authority.

Departmental Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change whether his Department has provided voice coaching to any of its employees in the last 12 months. (260652)

The Department of Energy and Climate Change has been formed by bringing together work previously covered by the Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform and the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. There are no centrally co-ordinated or funded voice coaching programmes provided for its employees. Funding for some learning and development is delegated to local business units. A disproportionate cost would be incurred in maintaining a central record of these activities.

Electric Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change if he will take steps to ensure that electrically-powered cars and other vehicles have ready access to electric points for charging batteries. (265131)

I have been asked to reply.

The Department for Transport has provided grants through the Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Grant Programme (AFIGP) to support the installation of re-charging infrastructure through the Energy Saving Trust.

So far, 82 re-charging points have been installed with Government support. A number of private companies and local authorities have also installed re-charging points as well. We are currently negotiating with the EU to seek approval to extend the AFIGP.

On 15 January, the Secretary of State for Transport also announced £250 million to promote the take-up, and commercialisation within the UK, of ultra, low emission road vehicles. We anticipate that a small proportion of this funding will be used to support infrastructure for electric and plug-in hybrid electric cars.

Electricity Generation

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what assessment the Government has made of the potential contribution of broadband communications to the development of a smart grid electricity network. (255174)

The ‘smart grid’ concept could potentially encompass a range of technologies including advanced communications and information management systems, advanced metering and automated control technologies, that would enable greater active management of the supply and demand on the networks. The Government have already announced a roll-out of smart meters to all homes with an indicative timetable for completion of end 2020. Suppliers will also be required to roll out advanced smart meters to larger businesses over the next five years.

We are supportive of new proposals by Ofgem under its current Electricity Distribution Price Control Review that seek to encourage network operators to undertake greater innovation and trialling of new technologies and to develop new ways of operating their networks that might be needed in the future. These new proposals are in addition to the existing Innovation Funding Incentive and Registered Power Zone schemes which were introduced in 2005 to encourage innovative technical solutions.

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change if he will take steps to monitor levels of private sector investment in the electricity grid, with particular reference to (a) maintenance and (b) new capital projects. (265481)

Monitoring of investment in networks for both maintaining existing assets and creating new transmission/distribution capability falls to Ofgem. Ofgem have recently finalised the provisions of the transmission price control for the period 2007-12, with substantial increases in allowances for capital investment.

Energy: Consumption

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change if he will take steps to encourage energy companies to curtail consumer demand for electricity. (264696)

Government place an obligation on energy suppliers to promote household energy efficiency through the carbon emission reduction target (CERT). DECC is currently consulting on increasing the CERT target by 20 per cent., which will require more activity from energy suppliers to promote energy saving measures in homes.

The CERT consultation is also proposing to introduce behavioural measures into CERT which includes real time displays and home energy advice which will give householders a better understanding of how they use energy and how to reduce their energy consumption.

Renewable Energy: Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much central Government funding for renewable energy (a) research and (b) capital programmes there has been in respect of (i) nuclear power, (ii) biomass, (iii) wind power, (iv) hydroelectric power, (v) solar energy, (vi) marine power and (vii) anaerobic energy in each of the last 20 years. (250720)

[holding answer 26 January 2009]: I have today placed in the Libraries of the House the information about known activities funded by DECC, BERR, DEFRA and DIUS.

Renewable Energy: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what the budget for the Renewables Advisory Board in (a) 2008-09 and (b) each of the next five financial years is. (255933)

The budget for the RAB for the financial year 2008-09 is £301,366.

Budgets are currently being reviewed for the Department and the RAB annual budget for future years is yet to be allocated.

Renewable Energy: Urban Areas

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many renewable energy plants serving urban areas there are in the UK. (265443)

In 2007 there were 1,436 renewable energy sites throughout the UK generating electricity (source RESTATS).

Once generation, whether renewable or conventional, is connected to the transmission networks the location of that generator will not necessarily relate to where the electricity is ultimately consumed. Generation is supplied around the transmission network to Distribution Network Operators who will then distribute generation to businesses and consumers in their areas line with their demand. National Grid Electricity Transmission (NGET) will balance that supply and demand for the whole network.

Warm Front Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many households received only energy efficient light bulbs under the Warm Front Scheme in each of the last 10 years. (256853)

All eligible households that apply to Warm Front receive energy efficient light bulbs and energy efficiency advice from a Warm Front assessor in addition to appropriate heating and energy efficiency measures.

The information requested is available from the current scheme manager from the introduction of the Warm Front scheme. Measures delivered by previous scheme managers working on Warm Front prior to 2005 are unavailable. The number of households that received only energy efficient light bulbs (alongside energy efficiency advice) in each scheme year is in the following table:

Number of households who received energy efficient light bulbs and no other measures under the Warm Front scheme (eaga only)

Scheme year

Number of households

2000-01

1,493.00

2001-02

2,570.00

2002-03

45,389.00

2003-04

26,929.00

2004-05

25,303.00

2005-06

25,089.00

2006-07

45,472.00

2007-08

48,982.00

2008-09

32,205.00

Total

253,432.00

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change when the Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State plans to provide further clarification as referred to in his reply to the letter from the hon. Member for Hemel Hempstead of 4 February 2009 on Warm Front schemes. (263136)

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many companies are registered to install energy efficiency products under the Warm Front scheme. (266078)

[holding answer 24 March 2009]: There are currently 121 companies registered to install the range of energy efficient heating and insulation improvements delivered under the Warm Front Scheme. This figure excludes sub-contractors.

Women and Equality

Departmental Ministerial Policy Advisers

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality how much was claimed in reimbursable expenses by special advisers in her Office in each year since its inception; and how much has been spent in 2008-09 to date. (260298)

Costs incurred on reimbursable expenses in 2008-09 will be available only when the Government Equalities Office’ resource accounts are fully audited and laid before Parliament. This is expected to be before the 2009 summer recess.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality when she plans to reply to the letter of 26 January 2009 from the right hon. Member for Birmingham, Ladywood on equal pay for work of equal value. (264503)

Regional Equality and Diversity Partnerships

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what (a) funding and (b) other resources the Government Equalities Office has provided to each Regional Equality and Diversity Partnership in the last 12 months. (259427)

The Government Equalities Office has not provided any funding or resources to Regional Equality and Diversity Partnerships over the past 12 months.

Innovation, Universities and Skills

Economic Situation

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what (a) summits, (b) conferences and (c) seminars his Department has hosted since January 2008 at which a primary subject for discussion was the impact of the economic situation on matters within his Department's responsibility. (260148)

DIUS hosted events at which a primary subject of discussion was the effect of the economic situation on matters within DIUS' responsibility are listed in the following table.

Event

Event type

Date

DIUS Group meeting and DIUS Family (delivery partners) drinks reception to bring them on board with the narrative of how DIUS can help people and business through downturn.

Seminar and reception

19 November 2008

Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) Panel: Secretary of State discussing changes to Train to Gain funding with SMEs.

Seminar

26 November 2008

Local business seminar, in Hoylake, Wirral, focusing on DIUS and its role in supporting and facilitating the development of small businesses.

Seminar

8 January 2009

DIUS Family (delivery partners) Awayday to discuss the DIUS response to the downturn.

Seminar

27 January 2009

‘Staying Ahead—investing in science during the down-turn’ at the Royal Academy of Engineering.

Seminar

19 February 2009

Higher Education: Admissions

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what percentage of young people living in (a) Barnsley and (b) Doncaster entered university in each of the last 10 years. (264550)

It is not possible to identify young people from Barnsley and Doncaster who did not enter university, therefore the percentage of young people from Barnsley and Doncaster who entered university cannot be calculated.

The number of young undergraduate entrants from Barnsley and Doncaster is shown as an alternative. Figures for the 2008-09 academic year will be available in January 2010.

Young1 undergraduate entrants2 from Barnsley local authority3 and Doncaster local authority3, UK higher education institutions4, academic years 1998-99 to 2007-08

Academic year

Barnsley

Doncaster

1998-99

460

830

1999-2000

505

830

2000-01

550

795

2001-02

570

910

2002-03

515

860

2003-04

565

890

2004-05

550

905

2005-06

655

990

2006-07

655

910

2007-08

690

950

1 Young refers to undergraduates aged under 21.

2 Covers entrants to both full-time and part-time undergraduate courses.

3 Local authority is defined by full and valid home postcodes.

4 Excludes the Open University due to inconsistencies in their coding of entrants over the time series.

Note:

Figures are on a snapshot basis as at 1 December and have been rounded to the nearest five.

Source:

Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA).

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what percentage of (a) 18 and (b) 19 year olds resident in each local authority area went into higher education in (i) 1997-98 and (ii) 2007-08. (265561)

The number of 18 and 19-year-old entrants to higher education from each local authority is shown in the following table.

It is not possible to identify 18 and 19-year-olds who did not begin a course at a higher education institution in 2007-08. Therefore, it is not possible to calculate what percentage of 18 and 19-year-olds from each local authority went into higher education in 2007-08.

The Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) published “Young participation in higher education” in January 2005, which is available from the HEFCE website at:

http://www.hefce.ac.uk/pubs/hefce/2005/05_03/

The HEFCE report shows participation rates for young people who entered higher education aged 18 or 19 disaggregated by local education authority (LEA) for the years 1997 to 2000.

At national level, the higher education initial participation rate (HEIPR) covers English-domiciled 17 to 30-year-old first-time entrants to higher education courses, at UK higher education institutions and English, Scottish and Welsh further education colleges, who remain on their course for at least six months. The latest available figure is 39.8 per cent. in 2006/07. For 18 and 19-year-olds, the figures are 20.2 per cent. and 8.6 per cent. respectively.

18 and 19-year-old entrants1 to higher education by local authority2,UK higher education institutions3, academic years 1997/98 and 2007/08

1997/98

2007/08

Local authority

18-year-old entrants

19-year-old entrants

18-year-old entrants

19-year-old entrants

City of London

5

5

10

10

Camden

230

300

395

390

Greenwich

325

210

560

385

Hackney

210

195

455

405

Hammersmith and Fulham

185

210

315

315

Islington

170

195

380

310

Kensington and Chelsea

215

290

340

300

Lambeth

295

280

580

510

Lewisham

340

255

680

455

Southwark

250

240

580

510

Tower Hamlets

220

150

545

335

Wandsworth

325

360

540

540

Westminster

255

240

375

355

Barking and Dagenham

160

85

380

220

Barnet

945

670

1,325

930

Bexley

405

200

720

295

Brent

680

470

1,050

680

Bromley

810

375

1,105

480

Croydon

765

425

1,270

665

Ealing

700

525

1,080

770

Enfield

690

380

1,070

575

Haringey

300

300

585

580

Harrow

795

480

1,230

680

Havering

425

155

680

240

Hillingdon

535

235

850

425

Hounslow

475

380

745

490

Kingston upon Thames

330

195

575

355

Merton

350

255

590

375

Newham

380

330

975

590

Redbridge

740

365

1,240

590

Richmond upon Thames

435

350

620

515

Sutton

410

175

615

310

Waltham Forest

420

255

740

430

Birmingham

1,940

1,235

2,700

1,600

Coventry

660

315

775

405

Dudley

670

250

850

295

Sandwell

465

240

675

325

Solihull

640

235

845

335

Walsall

530

200

670

295

Wolverhampton

625

250

740

330

Knowsley

170

60

385

170

Liverpool

620

225

1,105

510

St. Helens

435

130

475

145

Sefton

785

325

985

370

Wirral

880

250

1,140

445

Bolton

735

280

785

305

Bury

460

190

665

245

Manchester

510

330

810

585

Oldham

440

170

665

240

Rochdale

485

175

590

260

Salford

295

135

415

205

Stockport

755

280

960

385

Tameside

385

175

550

165

Trafford

695

240

900

380

Wigan

585

190

705

240

Barnsley

300

115

445

160

Doncaster

530

145

660

190

Rotherham

490

155

620

205

Sheffield

800

405

1,145

660

Bradford

950

460

1,300

585

Calderdale

425

175

535

250

Kirklees

995

430

1,235

490

Leeds

1,320

580

1,725

825

Wakefield

605

175

705

270

Gateshead

420

130

495

175

Newcastle upon Tyne

465

200

585

340

North Tyneside

460

165

520

210

South Tyneside

310

120

320

130

Sunderland

565

170

625

285

Isles Of Scilly

5

5

5

5

Bath and North East Somerset

375

225

430

380

Bristol, City of

535

435

550

540

North Somerset

535

260

535

350

South Gloucestershire

590

255

710

305

Hartlepool

160

60

230

110

Middlesbrough

270

135

410

210

Redcar and Cleveland

355

135

390

165

Stockton-on-Tees

465

210

620

250

Kingston upon Hull, City of

260

135

390

200

East Riding of Yorkshire

905

340

1,015

395

North East Lincolnshire

305

105

295

140

North Lincolnshire

400

120

425

170

North Yorkshire

1,580

630

1,885

875

York

375

205

465

215

Bedfordshire

1,020

440

1,285

575

Luton

355

235

615

300

Buckinghamshire

1,555

885

1,955

1,030

Milton Keynes

465

195

610

340

Derbyshire

1,690

665

2,030

800

Derby

485

235

605

260

Dorset

830

460

985

680

Poole

300

115

380

180

Bournemouth

300

165

325

205

Durham

1,090

350

1,160

445

Darlington

195

85

305

105

East Sussex

940

625

1,050

840

Brighton and Hove

280

265

440

395

Hampshire

3,310

1,450

3,625

2,045

Portsmouth

210

135

300

215

Southampton

305

185

345

290

Leicestershire

1,755

700

2,010

910

Leicester

540

400

845

565

Rutland

115

70

120

90

Staffordshire

1,990

780

2,525

970

Stoke-on-Trent

335

135

470

185

Wiltshire

1,025

565

1,135

785

Swindon

250

115

350

210

Bracknell Forest

235

100

305

155

Windsor and Maidenhead

375

240

495

240

West Berkshire

395

190

435

225

Reading

220

140

285

200

Slough

195

160

375

215

Wokingham

545

200

645

340

Cambridgeshire

1,195

745

1,355

910

Peterborough

315

145

420

185

Cheshire

2,065

700

2,440

1,000

Halton

205

70

305

130

Warrington

445

150

680

245

Devon

1,385

800

1,545

1,295

Plymouth

440

175

510

310

Torbay

235

105

285

125

Essex

2,890

1,205

3,940

1,755

Southend-on-Sea

340

150

435

200

Thurrock

170

95

320

135

Herefordshire

350

220

470

305

Worcestershire

1,390

655

1,670

845

Kent

3,045

1,450

4,010

2,045

Medway

460

175

750

265

Lancashire

2,920

1,135

3,140

1,190

Blackburn and Darwen

295

120

345

145

Blackpool

190

95

195

95

Nottinghamshire

1,675

615

2,015

870

Nottingham

275

185

445

280

Shropshire

790

355

835

475

Telford and Wrekin

335

135

405

170

Cornwall

1,195

535

1,195

780

Cumbria

1,060

480

1,320

540

Gloucestershire

1,530

695

1,540

1,020

Hertfordshire

2,885

1,310

3,815

1,765

Isle of Wight

275

160

250

160

Lincolnshire

1,490

530

1,845

715

Norfolk

1,440

730

1,655

1,010

Northamptonshire

1,400

635

1,800

920

Northumberland

930

300

820

370

Oxfordshire

1,390

950

1,585

1,270

Somerset

1,115

655

1,235

900

Suffolk

1,290

665

1,855

1,050

Surrey

3,105

1,615

3,740

2,145

Warwickshire

1,410

615

1,635

735

West Sussex

1,800

960

1,815

1,180

Total England

108,325

52,695

139,485

73,690

Isle of Anglesey

185

55

235

65

Gwynedd

305

120

350

145

Conwy

280

115

345

130

Denbighshire

215

90

255

125

Flintshire

355

120

400

175

Wrexham

310

115

275

140

Powys

375

135

415

205

Ceredigion

205

80

245

85

Pembrokeshire

370

175

405

140

Carmarthenshire

550

215

575

235

City and County of Swansea

615

300

675

315

Neath Port Talbot

310

155

380

180

Bridgend

335

140

470

175

The Vale of Glamorgan

430

185

485

210

Rhondda Cynon Taff

595

210

675

260

Merthyr Tydfil

115

40

160

50

Caerphilly

360

120

455

150

Blaenau Gwent

115

45

135

55

Torfaen

255

75

230

95

Monmouthshire

320

125

360

155

Newport

295

145

435

175

Cardiff

690

320

945

500

Total Wales

7,590

3,070

8,910

3,770

Total England and Wales

115,915

55,765

148,395

77,455

Belfast

485

245

780

415

Western

655

290

1,340

635

North Eastern

920

370

1,640

700

South Eastern

980

415

1,470

680

Southern

755

405

1,560

745

Total Northern Ireland

3,800

1,725

6,790

3,170

Channel Islands

30

20

665

250

Aberdeen City

350

105

405

155

Aberdeenshire

550

140

590

190

Angus

245

60

215

85

Argyll and Bute

190

60

190

60

Scottish Borders

240

85

225

100

Clackmannanshire

85

15

80

30

West Dunbartonshire

105

45

115

55

Dumfries and Galloway

280

70

265

85

Dundee City

200

75

220

105

East Ayrshire

175

50

185

55

East Dunbartonshire

355

100

305

85

East Lothian

160

50

195

85

East Renfrewshire

280

65

335

85

City of Edinburgh

755

315

970

415

Falkirk

180

50

165

40

Fife

580

160

560

190

Glasgow City

590

210

745

340

Highland

355

130

520

215

Inverclyde

145

35

150

55

Midlothian

140

35

120

45

Moray

140

45

200

100

North Ayrshire

190

70

210

60

North Lanarkshire

410

120

465

180

Orkney Islands

45

20

65

20

Perth and Kinross

300

85

370

155

Renfrewshire

330

70

265

105

Shetland Islands

35

15

75

15

South Ayrshire

275

85

225

75

South Lanarkshire

485

105

585

215

Stirling

200

50

160

45

West Lothian

250

75

225

65

Eilean Siar

65

15

75

25

Total Scotland

8,670

2,615

9,480

3,540

Total UK

128,415

60,125

165,330

84,410

Missing

21,025

17,260

16,360

18,050

1 Covers undergraduate and postgraduate entrants to full and part-time courses.

2 Local authority is derived from postcode. Those with missing or invalid postcodes are defined as missing.

3 Figures exclude the Open university due to inconsistencies in their coding of entrants across the time series.

Note:

Figures are on a snapshot basis and as at 1 December. Figures have been rounded to the nearest five, so components may not sum to totals.

Source:

Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA)

Higher Education: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what assessment he has made of the effect of the recession on the ability of higher education institutions to raise finance on private markets. (265252)

Financial institutions still see higher education as being a low risk sector and are keen to continue to lend. We will keep the situation under review in changing economic circumstances.

Renewable Energy: Research

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills how much funding was allocated for research and development by his Department and its agencies into renewable energy sources in each year for which figures are available. (265444)

The Department for Innovation Universities and Skills (DIUS) provides funding to the Technology Strategy Board and the Research Councils to support research and development. These bodies are each responsible for determining detailed distribution between priorities. The following table shows expenditure on research and development into renewable energy sources:

£ million

Research Councils

TSB1

1997-98

4.41

4.449

1998-99

5.64

3.334

1999-2000

5.08

3.914

2000-01

5.60

3.954

2001-02

6.81

5.217

2002-03

6.53

10.495

2003-04

6.82

11.234

2004-05

7.17

5.673

2005-06

7.65

5.453

2006-07

8.71

4.539

2007-08

15.92

7.530

1 Responsibility for renewable energy R and D, previously funded by the Department for Trade and Industry, was transferred to the Technology Strategy Board in 2007-08.

In addition, the Research Councils are providing funding of £13.88 million over the period 2004-09 for the UK Energy Research Centre (which undertakes a range of research relating to renewable energy) and energy is included in the work of the Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research (which has some £15.8 million funding from the Research Councils over 2000-08).

Students: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills what steps he is taking to ensure the Government's policy on public funding for students taking equivalent or lower qualifications takes into account the needs of employers during the recession. (264925)

The ELQ policy fundamentally addresses the perennial need of employers for a greater proportion of the population to acquire higher level skills because it represents a redistribution of funding from those who have already benefited from higher education to first time entrants. The policy also seeks to supply employers with more of the graduates they need most. Students co-funded by employers and those studying for foundation degrees are exempt from the policy and strategically important science, technology, engineering and mathematics subjects still attract institutional funding when studied as an ELQ. To discern whether there is more the policy can do we have instructed HEFCE in their current review of the impact of the ELQ policy that, while they should continue to prioritise first time students, they should seek to assist universities in responding to the economic circumstances if appropriate changes are suggested by the evidence.

Students: Loans

To ask the Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills how many complaints have been made against the Student Loans Company by people on the Repayment of Teachers' Loans Scheme. (265051)

I have been asked to reply.

The information is as follows:

Year complaints were received

Number of people on the scheme

Number of complaints registered with SLC

2004

11,200

34

2005

18,600

83

2006

24,100

63

2007

22,500

67

2008

21,700

57

2009

Total not yet available

13

Some of these complaints were about the rules of the scheme (as designed by the Government) and others were about the way the SLC had delivered the required administration service. It is not possible to disaggregate these.

Health

Accident and Emergency Departments

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many patients were treated in accident and emergency departments in England and Wales in each month since January 2007. (263629)

Information is not available in the format requested, as data on the number of patients attending accident and emergency (A&E) departments are published quarterly via the Department’s QMAE dataset, and only cover England.

The following table shows the number of attendances at major A&E departments in England for each quarter for the time period requested.

Attendances at major accident and emergency departments, England, Q4 2006-07 to 03 2008-09

Quarter

Attendances

2006-07

4

3,292,269

2007-08

1

3,462,893

2007-08

2

3,397,889

2007-08

3

3,305,222

2007-08

4

3,227,550

2008-09

1

3,422,326

2008-09

2

3,363,031

2008-09

3

3,351,365

Source:

Department of Health dataset QMAE

Antidepressants: Children

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many children aged under 16 years were prescribed anti-depressant medication in (a) Hemel Hempstead and (b) Hertfordshire in each of the last five years. (265793)

Dental Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent estimate he has made of levels of access to NHS dentistry in England. (265720)

The number of patients seen by an NHS dentist in the previous 24 months in England, at quarterly intervals, from 31 March 2006 to 30 September 2008 is available in Table D3 of Annex 3 of the ‘NHS Dental Statistics, Quarter 2: 30 September 2008’ report. This information is also available as a percentage of the population in Table D4 of Annex 3. The information is provided by primary care trust and by strategic health authority.

This report has already been placed in the Library and is also available on the NHS Information Centre website at:

www.ic.nhs.uk/pubs/dentalstats0809q2

Departmental Electricity Generation

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what (a) capital and (b) maintenance expenditure his Department has incurred on standby diesel generators for back-up electricity supply of his Department's estate in each year since March 1997. (266411)

The capital and maintenance expenditure the Department has incurred on stand-by diesel generators for back-up electricity supply of the Department’s London estate in each year since March 1997 is as follows:

£

Capital

Maintenance expenditure

1996-97

0

1,550.00

1997-98

0

1,627.50

1998-99

0

1,708.88

1999-2000

0

1,794.32

2000-01

0

1,884.04

2001-02

0

1,978.24

2002-03

0

2,077.15

2003-04

0

2,181.01

2004-05

15,000.00

2,769.32

2005-06

0

2,915.08

2006-07

0

3,068.50

2007-08

0

3,230.00

2008-09

0

3,400.00

Health Centres

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what percentage of primary care trusts he expects will have a GP-led health centre open by 1 April 2009. (265547)

Based on current primary care trust plans, we expect a third of the 152 general practitioner-led health centres (33 per cent.) will be open by 1 April 2009 with the majority opening by the end of 2009.

Hospitals: Children

To ask the Secretary of State for Health pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for South Cambridgeshire (Mr. Lansley) of 10 March 2009, Official Report, column 377W, on hospitals: children, how many children aged (a) under 10 years and (b) 10 years and over were admitted to hospital with a diagnosis of type 2 diabetes in each year since 1997-98. (265765)

Data for the number of children admitted to hospital with type 2 diabetes are not available. However, the following table represents the counts of total admissions of children to hospital due to type 2 diabetes (a child may be admitted on more than one occasion).

Count of finished admission episodes where primary diagnosis is non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus for under 10 years and 10 to 18 years from 1997-98 to 2007-08 in English national health service hospitals and English NHS commissioned activity in the independent sector

Under 10 years

10 to 18 years

1997-98

25

88

1998-99

34

70

1999-2000

36

85

2000-01

32

68

2001-02

45

100

2002-03

32

116

2003-04

34

154

2004-05

39

161

2005-06

40

159

2006-07

32

141

2007-08

29

181

Notes:

Finished admission episodes

A finished admission episode is the first period of inpatient care under one consultant within one healthcare provider. Finished admission episodes are counted against the year in which the admission episode finishes. Admissions do not represent the number of inpatients, as a person may have more than one admission within the year.

Primary diagnosis

The primary diagnosis is the first of up to 20 (14 from 2002-03 to 2006-07 and seven prior to 2002-03) diagnosis fields in the Hospital Episode Statistics (HES) data set and provides the main reason why the patient was admitted to hospital.

Assessing growth through time

HES figures are available from 1989-90 onwards. The quality and coverage of the data have improved over time. These improvements in information submitted by the NHS have been particularly marked in the earlier years and need to be borne in mind when analysing time series. Some of the increase in figures for later years (particularly 2006-07 onwards) may be due to the improvement in the coverage of independent sector activity.

Changes in NHS practice also need to be borne in mind when analysing time series. For example, a number of procedures may now be undertaken in outpatient settings and may no longer be accounted for in the HES data. This may account for any reductions in activity over time.

Ungrossed data

Figures have not been adjusted for shortfalls in the data, i.e. the data are ungrossed.

Source:

Hospital Episode Statistics (HES), The NHS Information Centre for health and social care

Hospitals: Food

To ask the Secretary of State for Health (1) what his policy is on assisting hospital patients to eat at mealtimes; and what his policy is on families being present at patients’ mealtimes to encourage patients to eat; (265599)

(2) what system is in place in the NHS to monitor and observe a hospital patient’s intake of food at mealtimes.

A significant contribution to assisting patients to eat at mealtimes is the Protected Mealtimes Initiative (PMI), which was introduced by NHS Estates in partnership with the Royal College of Nursing in 2004, as part of the Better Hospital Food programme. The initiative is now led by the National Patient Safety Agency (NPSA) which has been working with key stakeholders in the development of a toolkit to assist national health service organisations in the implementation of the ‘10 Key Characteristics of Good Nutritional Care’. A factsheet relating to Protected Mealtimes was developed and launched in April 2008 and the NPSA will be launching the complete toolkit later this year.

Policy regarding families being present at patients’ mealtimes is determined by local NHS organisations. Such organisations often establish action plans aimed at improving access to their meal services. A frequently used element of such plans is the ‘red tray scheme’, which identifies to ward staff, those patients at risk of poor nutrition.

Infant Mortality

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent assessment he has made of the main causes of infant mortality. (263661)

The most recent assessment of the main causes of infant mortality was set out in the “Review of the Health Inequalities Infant Mortality PSA Target” published in by the Department in 2007. These causes are immaturity related conditions (babies born of less than 37 weeks gestation), congenital anomalies and conditions, and sudden and unexpected deaths in infancy.

A copy of the review has already been placed in the Library.

Miscarriage: Alcoholic Drinks

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many alcohol-related miscarriages were recorded in each strategic health authority area in each of the last five years. (265770)

The following table provides estimates of the number of alcohol-related admissions to hospital for miscarriage. These estimates have been calculated by multiplying the total number of admissions to hospital miscarriages within each age group by the fraction of cases that, according to epidemiological research, can be attributed to alcohol. Additionally, it is important to note that not all miscarriages result in admission to hospital.

Finished alcohol-related admissions of patients for miscarriage 2003-04 to 2007-08

Strategic health authority

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

North East

443

454

448

457

460

North West

1,290

1,422

1,627

1,506

1,448

Yorkshire and the Humber

1,065

1,161

1,184

1,068

1,158

West Midlands

1,075

1,069

1,108

974

952

East Midlands

809

740

720

647

866

East of England

786

782

820

687

709

South Central

868

1,031

1,032

451

481

South East Coast

474

499

London

1,469

1,573

1,717

1,804

1,606

South West

715

736

797

780

739

Unknown / No fixed abode

242

144

187

272

169

England

8,763

9,112

9,639

9,120

9,086

Notes:

General

Strategic health authorities were reconfigured between 2005-06 and 2006-07. Separate figures for South Central and South East Coast SHAs are only available for the period from 2006-07. A total for the South East is provided for the period up to 2005-06.

Includes activity in English national health service hospitals and English NHS commissioned activity in the independent sector.

Alcohol-related admissions

The number of alcohol-related admissions is based on the methodology developed by the North West Public Health Observatory (NWPHO). Following international best practice, the NWPHO methodology estimates the proportion of cases that are attributable to the consumption of alcohol.

Details of the proportions can be found in the report Jones et al. (2008) Alcohol-attributable fractions for England: Alcohol-attributable mortality and hospital admissions.

Figures for under 16s are excluded because the research on which the attributable fractions are based does not cover under 16s.

Number of episodes in which the patient had an alcohol-related primary or secondary diagnosis

These figures represent the number of episodes where an alcohol-related diagnosis was recorded in any of the 20 (14 from 2002-03 to 2006-07 and seven prior to 2002-03) primary and secondary diagnosis fields in a hospital episode statistics (HES) record. Each episode is only counted once in each count, even if an alcohol-related diagnosis is recorded in more than one diagnosis field of the record.

Ungrossed data

Figures have not been adjusted for shortfalls in data (i.e. the data are ungrossed).

Finished admission episodes

A finished admission episode is the first period of in-patient care under one consultant within one healthcare provider. Finished admission episodes are counted against the year in which the admission episode finishes. Admissions do not represent the number of in-patients, as a person may have more than one admission within the year.

Primary diagnosis

The primary diagnosis is the first of up to 20 (14 from 2002-03 to 2006-07 and seven prior to 2002-03) diagnosis fields in the hospital episode statistics (HES) data set and provides the main reason why the patient was admitted to hospital.

Secondary diagnosis

As well as the primary diagnosis, there are up to 19 (13 from 2002-03 to 2007-08 and six prior to 2002-03) secondary diagnosis fields in hospital episode statistics (HES) that show other diagnoses relevant to the episode of care.

Data quality

HES are compiled from data sent by more than 300 NHS trusts and primary care trusts (PCTs) in England. Data are also received from a number of independent sector organisations for activity commissioned by the English NHS. The NHS Information Centre for health and social care liaises closely with these organisations to encourage submission of complete and valid data and seeks to minimise inaccuracies and the effect of missing and invalid data via HES processes. While this brings about improvement over time, some shortcomings remain.

Assessing growth through time

HES figures are available from 1989-90 onwards. The quality and coverage of the data have improved over time. These improvements in information submitted by the NHS have been particularly marked in the earlier years and need to be borne in mind when analysing time series.

Some of the increase in figures for later years (particularly 2006-07 onwards) may be due to the improvement in the coverage of independent sector activity.

Changes in NHS practice also need to be borne in mind when analysing time series. For example, a number of procedures may now be undertaken in out-patient settings and may no longer be accounted for in the HES data. This may account for any reductions in activity over time.

Assignment of episodes to years

Years are assigned by the end of the first period of care in a patient’s hospital stay.

Source:

Hospital episode statistics (HES), The NHS Information Centre for health and social care

NHS Foundation Trusts

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what criteria Monitor uses to assess applications for foundation status by NHS hospital trusts. (266281)

We are informed by the chairman of Monitor (the statutory name of which is the independent regulator of NHS foundation trusts) that a detailed description of the assessment process for NHS foundation trust (NHS FT) applicants is set out in the document ‘Applying for NHS Foundation Trust Status—Guide for Applicants’ (Monitor and the Department of Health, November 2008). A copy of this document has been placed in the Library and is also available from Monitor's website:

www.monitor-nhsft.gov.uk/home/becoming-nhs-foundation-trust

Monitor has three main criteria which it applies to all applicants for NHS FT status. The applicant trust must be:

Legally constituted;

Well governed; and

Financially viable.

Monitor's intensive assessment process takes approximately three months. Trusts must submit a wide range of information as evidence to support each category. Monitor reviews all the evidence submitted and conducts interviews with key stakeholders including primary care trusts, strategic health authorities, and the Healthcare Commission. Monitor probes the boards of each applicant trust to examine their capability to operate autonomously by questioning different aspects of their application, examples of which include:

Does the board have arrangements in place for monitoring and continually improving the quality of healthcare provided to its patients?

How is the board assured that it has action plans in place to meet existing targets and national core standards?

Are there clear structures and comprehensive procedures in place for the effective working of the NHS FT board?

Is the board confident that the senior management has the capability to and experience necessary to deliver the strategy set out in its business plan?

NHS: Counselling

To ask the Secretary of State for Health (1) what professional counselling his Department provides for NHS employees suffering from psychological illness; (266353)

(2) how many members of staff from the NHS were absent from work for at least (a) 30, (b) 50 and (c) 99 days as a result of psychological illness in each of the last five years;

(3) how many staff have left the NHS as a result of psychological illness in each of the last five years.

National health service employees are employed by individual NHS bodies such as NHS trusts and NHS foundation trusts. These autonomous employers have a legal responsibility for ensuring the health and well-being of their staff. This includes providing any appropriate professional counselling or other occupational health support to employees with psychological or mental health problems.

Specific guidance on this was issued to the service by NHS Employers (part of the NHS Confederation), in line with the Department's policy, in “The healthy workplaces handbook in 2007”.

The broad responsibility is underscored within the recently published NHS Constitution which includes a pledge to staff that “The NHS commits to provide support and opportunities for staff to maintain their health, well-being and safety”.

On the numbers of staff absent on the grounds of psychological illness and leaving the NHS as a result of psychological illness, the information requested is not available centrally. However, the number of people granted ill-health retirement from the NHS in the last five years is shown in the following table together with the numbers of acceptances for ill-health retirement on psychiatric grounds.

Year ending 31 March

Total number of ill health retirements

Number of acceptances for ill health retirement on psychiatric grounds

2003

3,462

657

2004

3,374

558

2005

2,954

408

2006

2,590

379

2007

2,422

391

2008

2,201

249

Source:

NHS Pensions

NHS: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many full-time equivalent (a) physiotherapists and (b) speech therapists have been working in (i) the NHS in each year since 1997 and (ii) each NHS organisation in the last three years. (265542)

The number of physiotherapists and speech therapists employed in the national health service in the years requested has been placed in the Library.

NHS: Working Hours

To ask the Secretary of State for Health (1) how much has been allocated by his Department to ensure compliance with the European Working Time Directive in the NHS; (265761)

(2) what guidelines his Department has provided to primary care trusts on the use of funding for compliance with the European Working Time Directive;

(3) how much money has been allocated by his Department to each primary care trust to aid compliance with the European Working Time Directive.

The Department is making a total of £310 million available by 2009-10 to support the European Working Time Directive implementation in recurrent primary care trust (PCT) allocations.

In 2008-09 £110 million was included in the quantum allocation funding that resulted in all PCTs receiving revenue growth of 5.5 per cent. This is recurrent in PCT baselines going into 2009-10.

In 2009-10, a further £2 million has been included in PCT revenue allocations that continue to grow by an average of 5.5 per cent. This is recurrent funding. Of this we expect £150 million to flow through tariff income to trusts as we have incorporated this sum into 2009-10 uplift applied to all tariff prices.

The remaining £50 million in PCT allocations will be targeted to trusts according to strategic health authority (SHA) direction and is intended to support trained doctor solutions particularly in paediatrics and obstetrics services.

SHAs are making clear to the boards of their PCTs and relevant trusts that £310 million has been made available recurrently and how it should be moved around the system in 2009-10.

The funding should be targeted to services only where they meet one or more of the following conditions:

The services are planning to be compliant by 1 August 2009;

The services have sustainable plan to meet compliance after 1 August 2009 and it has been agreed that their special difficulties warrant inclusion in the Working Time regulation schedule; and

The services are already compliant but require ongoing support for this to continue.

Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform

Beijing

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how many visits were made by staff of his Department to Beijing in the financial year 2007-08. (264565)

The Department made 12 visits to Beijing in the financial year 2007-08.

All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service code and Civil Service Management Code. In BERR the criteria for booking travel is value for money based on cost and convenience.

Corporate Governance Unit

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform when his predecessor Department's Corporate Governance Unit was (a) established and (b) disbanded; what the remit of the Unit was; what the cost to the public purse was of the Unit in each year of its operation; and what the job title was of each member of staff of the Unit. (265822)

This Department's Corporate Law and Governance Directorate, which deals with corporate governance issues, has not been disbanded.

Departmental Billing

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what percentage of invoices from his Department's suppliers have been paid using a Government procurement card in each of the last six months. (265782)

[holding answer 23 March 2009]: Information on the number of invoices paid by a Government Procurement Card can be obtained only at disproportionate cost. However, over the last six months (September 2008 to February 2009) the percentages of Government Procurement Card payments (including both invoices and at the point-of-sale) as a proportion of the total number of transactions for all payment methods, is as follows:

Total number of transactions

Number paid by GPC

Percentage

September 2008

3,489

883

25.3

October 2008

5,121

1,165

22.7

November 2008

3,887

994

25.6

December 2008

3,478

84

24.2

January 2009

3,628

997

27.5

February 2009

3,468

1,076

31.0

Departmental Rail Travel

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what guidance his Department issues on whether staff may claim for first class rail travel if there are no seats available in standard class. (262033)

BERR encourages staff to make use of cheaper types of tickets wherever possible. No matter what class of travel is used, staff travelling on official business must take advantage of any cheap facilities which maybe available (e.g. special offers, restricted tickets) wherever practical.

The rail booking system used by BERR pre-books seats if they are available for the journeys specified.

If the traveller does not have a pre-booked seat, and no seats in standard class are available (except on suburban lines), then the traveller may transfer to a first class carriage.

All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management code and the Ministerial Code.

Departmental Visits Abroad

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (1) which hotels the Secretary of State for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform stayed in during the World Economic Forum between 28 January and 1 February 2009; and at what cost; (260561)

(2) which hotel the Minister for Small Business and Competitiveness stayed in during the World Economic Forum between 28 January and 1 February 2009; and at what cost.

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Cotswold (Mr. Clifton-Brown) on 4 March 2009, Official Report, column 1701W.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how much expenditure was incurred in respect of overseas visits which (a) he, (b) other Ministers in his Department and (c) his Department’s senior officials undertook in 2008. (262150)

Since 1999, the Government have published a list of all overseas travel by Cabinet Ministers costing over £500. Information for the financial year 2007-08 was published on 22 July 2008, Official Report, column 102WS, and for the first time included details of overseas visits undertaken by all Ministers. All travel by Ministers is undertaken in accordance with the Ministerial Code.

Details for the 2008-09 period including details for the period 1 April to 31 December 2008 will be published as soon as possible after the end of the financial year.

The total amount of expenditure incurred in respect of overseas visits by BERR senior officials for the period January 2008 to December 2008 was £534,357; this figure includes air, rail and hotel accommodation.

All travel is undertaken in accordance with the Civil Service Management Code. In BERR the criteria for booking travel is value for money based on cost and convenience.

Departmental Written Questions

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform on how many occasions in the last 12 months Ministers in his Department have used their discretion to rule that a parliamentary question for written answer should be answered because it would be in the public interest to do so, even though to do so would exceed the disproportionate cost threshold of £700. (249140)

Information relating to Ministers’ consideration of parliamentary questions is not held in the format requested. As a general principle, the Department aims to provide as much information as possible when answering written questions and would consider providing an answer, even were it to exceed the disproportionate cost threshold, where Ministers consider it to be in the public interest.

In a ministerial written statement on 8 December 2008, Official Report, column 24WS, the Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury informed the House that the disproportionate cost threshold increased to £750 with effect from 3 December 2008.

Fire Services: Working Hours

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what recent assessment he has made of the potential effect on levels of fire cover provided by retained fire fighters of the provisions of the EU Working Time Directive in each fire service region in Scotland; and if he will make a statement. (265519)

The UK Government recognise that losing the individual’s right to opt-out of the 48 hour working week, as set by the Working Time Directive, would have a detrimental effect on the hours which firefighters working the Retained Duty System could be available for duty, especially the substantial numbers who work full time for their primary employer. Many other workers also use this important flexibility and so we are firmly of the view that this right should remain. We will continue to insist on this point throughout the process of conciliation with the European Parliament on the revision of the directive.

I am aware of the widespread concern on this issue among retained firefighters, and both from this Department and the Department for Communities and Local Government have worked very closely with the Retained Firefighters’ Union and will continue to keep them informed throughout the negotiations.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what recent discussions he has had with the European Commission on the effects of the individual opt-out from the European Working Time Directive on the working practices of (a) junior hospital doctors and (b) part-time firemen; and if he will make a statement. (265748)

The UK Government recognise the importance of the individual’s right to opt-out of the 48 hour working week as set by the Working Time Directive. It is a right that many workers choose to exercise and an essential part of the UK’s labour market flexibility. We remain firmly of the view that workers should be able to work longer hours should they choose to do so and so, through Council, are pressing this point during the formal conciliation discussions with the European Parliament.

I am aware of the widespread concern on this issue among retained firefighters, and officials both from this Department and the Department for Communities and Local Government have worked very closely with the Retained Firefighters’ Union and will continue to keep them informed throughout the negotiations.

The individual opt out is pertinent to the NHS workforce and we continue to work closely with the Department of Health and will continue to keep them informed also.

Insolvency: Complaints

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform if he will appoint an independent ombudsman to investigate complaints against insolvency practitioners. (263852)

There are no legislative powers available to enable my noble Friend, the Secretary of State to appoint someone such as an ombudsman, to review the decisions of a recognised professional body (RPB) with respect to a particular complaint against an insolvency practitioner. The Secretary of State is satisfied that the RPBs have the proper procedures in place to ensure that only fit and proper persons who meet the requirements for authorisation are granted a licence to act as an insolvency practitioner. The Secretary of State is also assured that the RPBs have procedures in place to ensure that complaints against their members are investigated properly; all of the RPBs have review processes.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform when the Secretary of State plans to reply to the letter sent by the hon. Member for East Londonderry on 24 October 2008, reference number JH/102550. (263623)

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform when he will respond to the letter from the hon. Member for West Chelmsford of 19 December 2008 concerning a constituent, Mr. Paul Atkinson of Chelmsford. (265427)

Minimum Wage

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what estimate he has made of the number of people receiving a higher take home pay as a result of national minimum wage legislation in (a) Nottinghamshire, (b) the East Midlands and (c) nationally. (265974)

It is difficult to isolate the effect of the NMW on take home pay as take home pay is affected by hours worked and other sources of income such as tax credits and taxes. However, evidence suggests that since its introduction the NMW is affecting more people and the hourly wage is rising faster than average earnings and prices benefiting the lowest paid in the economy. The adult NMW has risen by around 59 per cent. since its introduction in 1999 from £3.60 to £5.73 per hour. The rise in the NMW has been greater than average earnings (around 46 per cent.) and retail price inflation (around 32 per cent. over the same period (April 1999 to October 2008).

Evidence from the Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE) shows that a growing number of people are affected by the National Minimum Wage (NMW). BERR estimates that around 1.1 million people in the UK were covered by the October 2008 uprating of the NMW.

Information below Government office region is not readily available from the ASHE dataset. However, using spring 2008 ASHE data we estimate that around 93,000 employees were covered in East Midlands by the latest October 2008 NMW upratings.

Moscow

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how many visits were made by staff of his Department to Moscow in the financial year 2007-08. (264563)

The Department made 33 visits to Moscow in the financial year 2007-08.

All travel is untaken in accordance with the Civil Service Code and Civil Service Management Code. In BERR the criteria for booking travel is value for money based on cost and convenience.

Performing Arts

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform whether his Department has engaged any (a) actors, (b) musicians and (c) other performers to support its initiatives over the last five years. (264060)

Post Offices

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what recent representations have been made to his Department on the creation of a Post Bank. (265590)

In addition to representations from hon. Members, I have recently received representations from the “Post Bank Coalition” and the National Federation of Sub-Postmasters about the creation of a Post Bank.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform pursuant to the Statement of 16 December 2008, Official Report, columns 964-66, on Royal Mail, what recent discussions the Secretary of State has had with ministerial colleagues on providing more services through the Post Office network. (265601)

My right hon. and noble Friend the Secretary of State recently chaired an interdepartmental ministerial meeting to examine potential new business opportunities for the Post Office across Government.

Postal Services

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform which organisations for which his Department has responsibility and oversight contract with postal service providers other than the Royal Mail; and if he will make a statement. (259876)

The following tables include the details of the Regional Development Agencies (RDAs) postal service providers other than Royal Mail.

Advantage West Midlands

Postal Provider

Type of Service

TNT

Special Delivery

East of England Development Agency

Postal Provider

Type of Service

AC Couriers

Special Delivery

Grabbit and Run Couriers Ltd

Special Delivery

Hummingbird Express/Earlybird

Special Delivery

JAG Express

Special Delivery

Mr J's Cycle Messenger Service

Special Delivery

Quicksilver Messenger Service

Special Delivery

Team C Couriers

Special Delivery

TNT

Special Delivery

East Midlands Development Agency

Postal Provider

Type of Service

Pedal Express

Special Delivery

DHL

Special Delivery

London Development Agency

Postal Provider

Type of Service

Courier Systems

Special Delivery

North West Development Agency

Postal Provider

Type of Service

Reflex Couriers

Special Delivery

One North East

Postal Provider

Type of Service

Fast Way Couriers

Special Delivery

Challenge Couriers

Special Delivery

SJ Logistics

Special Delivery

TNT

Special Delivery

DHL

Special Delivery

South East Development Agency

Postal Provider

Type of Service

CCL Express Ltd

Special Delivery

Dash Couriers

Special Delivery

Direct Mail Works

Special Delivery

Federal Express

Special Delivery

Golden Arrow Couriers

Special Delivery

Owen Marine Marketing

Special Delivery

Parcelforce

Special Delivery

Pitney Bowes Ltd UK Mailing

Special Delivery

Pitney Bowes Plc

Special Delivery

PODs Ltd

Special Delivery

South West England Regional Development Agency

Postal Provider

Type of Service

DHL Express UK Ltd

Special Delivery

DHL International UK Ltd

Special Delivery

MPH Transport Solutions

Special Delivery

Parcelforce

Special Delivery

Priority Express

Special Delivery

TNT

Special Delivery

Yorkshire Forward

Postal Provider

Type of Service

Go Getters Cycle Couriers

Special Delivery

Mailbox

Special Delivery

Companies House has a contract with DX for mail collection and delivery both in Cardiff and in Edinburgh.

The Insolvency Service has a contract with Parcelforce.

The Export Credits Guarantee Department (ECGD) do not have any contracts with any postal service providers.

The Department does not hold centrally the information relating to our other non-departmental public bodies (NDPBs) and this could be provided only at disproportionate costs.

Regional Development Agencies: Finance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how much each regional development agency allocated to regeneration programmes in the last year for which figures are available. (257545)

The table shows RDAs’ expenditure on regeneration programmes in 2007-08.

RDA

Regeneration programme spend in 2007-08 (£ million)

Advantage West Midlands

124

East of England Development Agency

54

East Midlands Development Agency

92

London Development Agency

1529

Northwest Regional Development Agency

177

South East England Development Agency

65

South West of England Regional Development Agency

62

One NorthEast

100

Yorkshire Forward

109

1 This figure is inclusive of the Olympic land team’s budget for regeneration programmes in 2007-08.

Royal Mail: Reorganisation

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform what recent estimate he has made of (a) staff time in hours expended and (b) expenditure incurred by Royal Mail on preparations for the proposed sale of parts of its operations. (264320)

Any staff time expended or expenditure incurred by Royal Mail is a matter for the company's management and I have asked Adam Crozier to respond directly to my hon. Friend on this.

I will place a copy of his reply in the Libraries of the House.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform when he expects to announce his decision on which parts of Royal Mail are to be offered for sale; and whether he plans to include information on the (a) monetary value and (b) profitability of each section to be offered for sale in such an announcement. (264321)

The Government are looking for a strategic partner for Royal Mail Group with the expectation that this will involve a sale of shares in the region of 30 per cent. at the Royal Mail Group Ltd. level.

I will announce details of any partnership agreement when this is finalised with the partner. We have not set a rigid timetable for this negotiation. Any announcement will include details of any consideration to be received in respect of the partnership arrangement.

The profitability of each of Royal Mail’s main business units will be available in the company’s published annual report and accounts for 2008-09.

Trade Unions

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform if he will take steps to encourage people to join trade unions. (263530)

The Government value the role which trade unions can play at the workplace, but it sees recruitment as a matter for trade unions themselves to organise.

Union Modernisation Fund

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform how much had been spent from the Union Modernisation Fund on grants to each trade union at the latest date for which figures are available; and how much of the available funding had not been allocated. (263378)

[holding answer 13 March 2009]: Projects under rounds 1 and 2 of the Union Modernisation Fund have been allocated from a commitment of £6,393,024. Round 3 of the UMF, which is open to applications until 5 June, has an indicative budget of £3 million, the allocations will be determined once the round has closed and the process to assess the bids has taken place and awards have been made to successful bids.

The following tables give the amounts accrued for each trade union for rounds 1 and 2.

Round 1

Union

£

Accord, Connect, Musicians Union

29,150.00

Amicus

147,000.00

ASLEF

71,477.72

Bakers, Food and Allied Workers Union

33,405.00

Bakers, Food and Allied Workers Union

17,241.06

British Dental Association

40,122.00

Ceramic and Allied Trades Union

26,783.00

Communication Workers Union

183,500.00

Community

87,085.39

Community and District Nursing Association

14,544.02

Community and Youth Workers Union

16,915.96

Connect

65,038.00

Equity

43,500.00

General Federation of Trade Unions

79,039.77

GMB

206,380.34

Lloyds TSB Group Union

22,322.60

National Union of Journalists

55,080.00

National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers

193,737.50

National Union of Teachers

63,954.25

Nationwide Group Staff Union

5,875.00

Portman Group Staff Association

23,389.00

Prospect

187,735.00

Retained Firefighters Union

60,000.00

Royal College of Midwives

163,330.00

Society of Chiropodists and Podiatrists

52,399.00

Trades Union Congress

62,695.00

Transport and General Workers Union

162,125.00

Transport and General Workers Union

161,757.00

Transport and General Workers Union

48,150.00

Transport Salaried Staffs’ Association

123,636.00

Union of Finance Staff

48,860.00

United Road Transport Union

84,645.00

USDAW

203,291.27

Wales TUC

197,763.08

WBBS Staff Union

4,546.80

Total

2,986,473.76

Round 2

Union

£

Accord

114,762.00

Amicus the union

89,309.18

Association of Professionals in Education and Children's Trusts (Aspect)

9,185.60

Association of Teachers and Lecturers (ATL)

52,197.10

Bakers, Food and Allied Workers Union (BFAWU)

43,742.10

Broadcasting Entertainment Cinematograph and Theatre Union (BECTU)

140,000.00

Chartered Society of Physiotherapy

43,005.00

Communication Workers Union

30,000.00

Communication Workers Union

35,927.97

Community

33,322.47

Equity

58,794.01

First Division Association (FDA)

97,717.00

General Federation of Trade Unions (GFTU)

93,916.60

General Federation of Trade Unions (GFTU)

67,149.35

GMB—Britain’s General Union

109,992.80

Musicians’ Union

44,214.00

National Association of Schoolmasters, Union of Women Teachers (NASUWT)

0.00

National Union of Teachers

42,489.08

Nautilus UK

36,046,64

Prospect

82,331.00

Public and Commercial Services Union (PCS)

26,293.55

Public and Commercial Services Union (PCS)

53,323.32

Trades Union Congress (TUC)

102,020.20

Trades Union Congress (TUC)

89,602.00

Transport and General Workers Union (T&G)

70,956.00

Union of Construction Allied Trades and Technicians (UCATT)

52,957.50

Union of Shop, Distributive and Allied Workers

95,154.00

Unison

77,982.25

Unison

56,339.00

Unison

169,306.25

Transport Salaried Staffs’ Association

30,999.48

Total

£2,049,035.45

Children, Schools and Families

Academies: Sponsorship

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families who the sponsor is of each academy which has opened in England; how much each sponsor was scheduled to contribute; how much has been received from each (a) in cash and (b) in kind; how much is still expected from each and over what period; whether his Department has written off any expected financial contribution from a sponsor; and if he will make a statement. (263138)

Two tables have been placed in the Libraries and show the sponsorship arrangements for each of the academies open in March 2009. The first, headed “Traditional Procurement Academies” shows for each academy where sponsorship is a contribution to capital costs, the total pledged, the amount for which the Department has evidence of receipt, and the amount still expected. In some cases further sponsorship payments may have already been received by the Academy Trust but not yet reported to the Department. The second table, headed “Endowment Sponsorship Academies” shows for each academy where sponsorship is in the form of contributions to an endowment fund, the amounts pledged, the amounts reported so far to the Department as received and the amount still expected. As with the first category, there may be cases where further sponsorship has already been received by the Academy Trust but not yet reported to the Department.

Sponsorship in kind is additional to formal sponsorship requirements, the Department does not therefore keep records of it.

In the case of “Traditional Procurement Academies” the timing of the receipt of cash sponsorship varies from academy to academy and is agreed as part of the Funding agreement between the Department and the academy.

In the case of the “Endowment Model”, receipts commence only after the academy has opened, and usually over a period of five years.

Sponsors have withdrawn from projects in a handful of cases, which has led to reduced sponsorship amounts. There have also been a small number of requests for deferment of sponsor contributions, which have been considered on a case by case basis.

Children: Cancer

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families (1) what steps he is taking to increase awareness of childhood cancer among teachers in schools and education authorities; and if he will make a statement; (265675)

(2) what guidance is made available for schools to help them support children who have been diagnosed with cancer.

There is no legal duty on schools or their staff to support a pupil with medical needs or to administer or supervise the taking of medicines. However, schools are encouraged to develop policies on managing medicines and supporting pupils with medical needs.

The Department has issued guidance to schools to help them support their pupils. Our guidance to schools, ‘Managing Medicines in Schools and Early Years Settings’, issued jointly with the Department of Health in 2005, gives advice to schools on how they can support pupils with medical needs. It also encourages schools to draw up, in consultation with parents and medical professionals, individual Health Care Plans for children with medical needs. We produced sister guidance in the same year, entitled ‘Including me: managing complex health needs in schools and early years settings’.

In addition, since September 2007, schools have a duty to promote the well-being of all pupils, including those with long term medical conditions. This duty defines well-being as the five outcomes of the Every Child Matters, including being healthy and staying safe.

The Child Health Strategy, Better Health: Brighter Futures, published on 12 February, announced that we will be revising the guidance to schools on managing medicines which will include clear statements of expectations of those involved in supporting pupils with medical conditions, such as schools and PCTs. This work will be done in consultation with expert organisations and will be supported with an awareness raising campaign.

Children: Day Care

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many childcare places there were in Houghton and Washington East constituency in (a) 1997 and (b) 2008. (265027)

The information requested is not available by parliamentary constituency. The following tables show the number of child care places in Sunderland local authority for 1997 and 2008.

Table 1: Number1,2,3 of day care places for children under eight years of age by type of provider, Sunderland local authority area, position at 31 March 1997

Type of provider

Number

Day nurseries

700

Playgroups and pre-schools

500

Childminders

n/a

Out of school clubs

300

Holiday schemes

200

Total

41,700

n/a = not available

1 Figures have been rounded to the nearest 10 if under 100, and to the nearest 100 if over 100.

2 Data Source: Children's Day Care Facilities Survey.

3 Figures may not add up to total due to rounding.

4 Figure excludes childminders.

Table 2: Number1,2,3 of registered child care places for children under eight years of age by type of care, Sunderland local authority area, position at 31 March 2008

Type of care

Number

Full day care

2,800

Sessional day care

100

Childminders

1,300

Out of school day care

1,700

Crèche day care

300

Total

6,200

1 Figures have been rounded to the nearest 10 if under 100, and to the nearest 100 if over 100.

2 Data Source: Ofsted.

3 Figures may not add up to total due to rounding.

Since 2003 Ofsted has been responsible for the registration and inspection of child care providers. Ofsted has produced figures on the numbers of registered child care providers and places on a quarterly basis from March 2003. Its latest figures were published in their report ‘Registered Childcare Providers and Places, August 2008’, which is available on its website

www.Ofsted.gov.uk/

Children: Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families when he expects the feasibility study on a revised integrated children's system to be completed. (264380)

Lord Laming has recommended that the Department should complete such a study within six months of his progress report this month on the protection of children in England. The Government have accepted this recommendation, and we expect the feasibility study to be completed by the date Lord Laming has set. Our approach to the study will be informed by the advice of the Social Work Taskforce, which is due to report their view on the Integrated Children's System at the end of April.

Children: Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many (a) child assessment, (b) care, (c) supervision and (d) emergency protection orders have been issued in each local authority area in each of the last five years. (265240)

I have been asked to reply.

Information at local authority level can be provided only at disproportionate cost. However, information is available for HM Courts Service (HMCS) administrative areas.

These figures relate to the number of orders made counted on a ‘per child’ basis, meaning that where an order affects two children it will be counted twice. They cover all tiers of the family court system in England and Wales (High Court, county courts and family proceedings courts (FPCs)).

Between 2004 and 2006, activity in the FPCs was reported on manual statistical returns. The figures were subject to an adjustment to take account of non-response to this data collection exercise. Figures for these years should be treated as estimates for this reason.

The England and Wales totals may differ from those previously published in the annual “Judicial and Court Statistics” command paper due to updates made within the FamilyMan system used in the courts since publication.

The number of child assessment orders are not shown at HMCS area level due to the very small numbers made each year. Annual totals for England and Wales are shown in the following table:

Number of orders

2004

7

2005

25

2006

16

2007

14

2008

12

Figures for care orders, supervision orders and emergency protection orders are shown in the following tables:

Number of care orders made annually by HMCS area, 2004-08

Area

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Avon and Somerset

168

186

162

172

220

Bedfordshire, Essex and Herts

404

403

379

336

308

Birmingham, Coventry, Solihull and Warwickshire

327

326

358

298

290

Black Country, Staffordshire and West Mercia

445

525

484

526

415

Cambridgeshire, Norfolk and Suffolk

282

305

319

318

310

Cheshire and Merseyside

353

480

458

521

431

Cleveland, Durham and Northumbria

527

394

358

452

710

Cumbria and Lancashire

399

454

311

408

280

Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire

203

210

214

204

259

Devon and Cornwall

243

188

158

200

204

Dorset, Gloucestershire and Wiltshire

158

149

224

106

123

Greater Manchester

657

570

651

706

553

Hampshire and Isle of Wight

145

154

147

172

181

Humber and South Yorkshire

312

426

441

431

355

Kent

209

186

208

173

154

Lincolnshire, Leicestershire and Rutland and Northamptonshire

157

164

175

184

199

London

896

880

936

938

775

Mid and West Wales

121

127

93

162

110

North and West Yorkshire

554

438

456

577

544

North Wales

110

86

81

139

168

South East Wales

389

347

318

296

254

Surrey and Sussex

287

266

261

273

227

Thames Valley

245

163

167

159

140

England and Wales

7,591

7,427

7,359

7,751

7,210

Number of supervision orders made annually by HMCS area, 2004-08

Area

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Avon and Somerset

147

97

98

94

171

Bedfordshire, Essex and Herts

156

135

167

137

190

Birmingham, Coventry, Solihull and Warwickshire

156

137

172

130

138

Black Country, Staffordshire and West Mercia

150

167

107

85

131

Cambridgeshire, Norfolk and Suffolk

117

89

167

149

154

Cheshire and Merseyside

63

101

85

103

152

Cleveland, Durham and Northumbria

265

272

299

369

340

Cumbria and Lancashire

66

53

82

82

86

Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire

106

162

103

67

173

Devon and Cornwall

65

112

97

96

110

Dorset, Gloucestershire and Wiltshire

72

42

55

49

57

Greater Manchester

162

123

153

125

138

Hampshire and Isle of Wight

75

65

77

129

123

Humber and South Yorkshire

230

231

330

257

274

Kent

64

80

78

101

102

Lincolnshire, Leicestershire and Rutland and Northamptonshire

98

74

94

69

83

London

534

530

582

548

613

Mid and West Wales

1

13

26

14

7

North and West Yorkshire

137

154

154

186

189

North Wales

1

6

11

35

44

South East Wales

111

82

95

93

85

Surrey and Sussex

133

146

127

139

143

Thames Valley

96

57

135

72

135

England and Wales

3,024

2,928

3,294

3,129

3,638

1Numbers less than five are withheld in order to preserve the confidentiality of those involved in the cases.

Number of emergency protection orders made annually by HMCS area, 2004-2008

Area

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Avon and Somerset

76

56

55

22

63

Bedfordshire, Essex and Herts

108

109

69

51

45

Birmingham, Coventry, Solihull and Warwickshire

132

135

49

30

27

Black Country, Staffordshire and West Mercia

293

240

170

143

101

Cambridgeshire, Norfolk and Suffolk

37

75

29

14

1

Cheshire and Merseyside

79

47

24

25

46

Cleveland, Durham and Northumbria

101

60

78

41

60

Cumbria and Lancashire

110

90

33

35

20

Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire

20

71

37

1

15

Devon and Cornwall

60

82

37

29

35

Dorset, Gloucestershire and Wiltshire

58

60

44

32

29

Greater Manchester

198

117

56

66

99

Hampshire and Isle of Wight

50

60

72

42

40

Humber and South Yorkshire

120

75

80

21

48

Kent

62

100

41

19

14

Lincolnshire, Leicestershire and Rutland and Northamptonshire

6

10

1

15

16

London

376

429

366

188

150

Mid and West Wales

25

28

32

1

1

North and West Yorkshire

162

140

76

96

122

North Wales

23

13

1

1

13

South East Wales

115

91

49

37

43

Surrey and Sussex

89

83

54

39

42

Thames Valley

62

55

48

16

63

England and Wales

2,362

2,226

1,520

983

1,107

1 Numbers less than five are withheld in order to preserve the confidentiality of those involved in the cases.

Education: Assessments

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many pupils in (a) comprehensive and (b) independent schools began studying for pre-U examinations in September 2008. (264254)

Educational Psychologists

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what arrangements his Department has in place for the long-term training and funding of educational psychologists. (266072)

Educational psychologists (EPs) are local authority employees. It is for individual local authorities to determine, in the light of their assessment of needs and their own circumstances, the number of EPs required and their input in terms of training costs, placements, and eventual deployment.

The Children’s Workforce Development Council (CWDC) is working with interested parties in order to develop a long-term and sustainable, employer-led funding and training scheme, while administering the current training arrangements. In doing so, the CWDC will continue actively to seek the views and engagement of all key stakeholders, through its Educational Psychology National Forum, and carefully examine options for future funding while working with local authorities to secure their agreement to pay into the current subscription scheme.

To assist this process, the CWDC has commissioned a workforce development model to support future planning. This will be used to help decide the number of training places needed nationally and regionally for the 2010/11 intake of students.

Further research into the role of EPs in the children’s workforce of the future is also being commissioned to inform planning.

Fast Track Teaching Programme

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many (a) teachers responded to advertisements for the Fast Track Teaching programme and (b) retention allowances were paid to teachers in each year since the programme’s inception. (266359)

The information is not available in the format requested. The programme received approximately eight times as many inquiries as the number of people accepted onto the programme.

Recruitment/retention allowances were paid to the schools of all Fast Track Teachers (FTTs) recruited from 2000-05.

Non teachers recruited

Teachers recruited

2001/02

90

23

2002/03

117

34

2003/04

308

218

2004/05

431

351

2005/06

432

114

From 2006/07 payments continued to the qualifying schools.

FTTs entitled to payments

2006/07

1,032

2007/08

1,273

2008/09

967

Notes:

1. Figures are approximate, as some teachers left the programme early.

2. Recruitment/retention allowance was not paid in the NQT year for FTTs who joined as non-teachers and completed their PGCE as part of the programme between 2000 and 2005.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families for what reasons the Fast Track Teaching programme has been terminated; and whether he plans to compensate financially those already participating in the programme. (266360)

The Fast Track Teaching programme was designed in 2000 and since that time the educational context and the role of school leaders has changed significantly. There is now a greater need for provision which offers those with high potential for headship a personalised, accelerated route direct to the National Professional Qualification for Headship (NPQH). The Fast Track Teaching programme will be replaced with a new programme intended to meet better the needs of the system. The National College for School Leadership (NCSL) will continue to fund schools for the cost of the additional pay point awarded to eligible teachers who joined the Fast Track Teaching before September 2005. Fast Track teachers’ basic salaries will not be affected by the programme coming to an end. From 1 September 2009, NCSL will no longer fund schools for the recruitment/retention allowance linked to participation in the programme.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families if he will take steps to ensure that Mr. Thomas Graham of Kingsbridge Community College receives his Fast Track Teaching programme retention allowance until 2010; and if he will make a statement. (266361)

The National College for School Leadership (NCSL) will cease funding Mr. Graham’s school for the retention allowance, once the programme closes, on 31 August 2009. It is for the school to decide whether it continues to pay Mr. Graham the allowance.

In 2008, the Secretary of State accepted advice from the NCSL that the funding of schools for the cost of the allowances should cease when the programme closed.

Foundation Schools

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families under what circumstances the Secretary of State can intervene to order the closure of a foundation school; and if he will make a statement. (265691)

The Secretary of State may intervene to direct the closure of a foundation school only where Ofsted has placed the school in special measures. This direction must be following consultation with the local authority, the governing body of the school and the appropriate appointing body, the appropriate diocesan authority for a Church of England or Roman Catholic school or the person who appoints the foundation governors for other foundation schools. Where a school is not in special measures proposals for the closure of a foundation school would be brought forward and decided under local decision-making arrangements.

GCSEs: Chelmsford

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what percentage of pupils resident in West Chelmsford constituency achieved more than five A* to C grades at GCSE in each year since 1997. (261774)

Information by pupil residence is only possible from 2002/03 onwards. The information shown in the table is for the last three years as a full time series going back to 2002/03 can be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Percentage of pupils1,2 resident in West Chelmsford constituency achieving more than five A*-C grades at GCSE and equivalents, 2005/06 to 2007/083

Percentage

2005/06

58.8

2006/07

62.6

2007/08

63.3

1 Pupils at the end of Key Stage 4.

2 Includes pupils attending maintained schools only.

3 Figures are based on final data in 2005/06 and 2006/07, and provisional data in 2007/08.

Source:

National Pupil Database

Integrated Children's System

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what criteria were used to determine the specifications for the Integrated Children’s System; and who prepared the specifications. (266461)

The Waterhouse report, published in February 2000, identified a number of shortcomings in children’s social services, including the failure to record, retrieve and understand the significance of information about children. The Department of Health (DH) published the conceptual framework for the Integrated Children’s System (ICS) as a consultation document in December 2002. It consisted of an integration of the “Framework for the Assessment of Children in Need and their Families” (issued under section 7 of the Local Authority Social Services Act 1970) and the “Looking After Children” guidance, to provide an assessment, planning, intervention and reviewing model for all children in need. The conceptual framework was used to develop a set of requirements for local authorities to procure systems from IT suppliers to support the delivery of the model.

These requirements were subsequently specified in further detail by the Department, in response to a progress review of implementation by all local authorities in 2006. Each requirement was reviewed with reference to industry standard attributes intended to make it unambiguous, traceable, testable and measurable for compliance.

The published requirements documents detail in full the statutory and regulatory sources of each requirement. An additional source of requirements includes new criteria requested in consultation by local authorities in 2008. These documents are obtainable from the following public sources.

Integrated Children’s System Minimum Compliance Criteria

www.everychildmatters.gov.uk/resources-and-practice/IG00189/

Integrated Children’s System—Phase 1B Business Requirements Specification

www.everychildmatters.gov.uk/resources-and-practice/IG00228/

Integrated Children’s System Phase—1C Business Requirements Specification

www.everychildmatters.gov.uk/ics/

Pregnant Women: Suicide

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many cases have been reported to his Department of pregnant women committing suicide as a consequence of stress caused by public family law interventions in the last 12 months. (258924)

Primary Education: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much was spent per pupil in primary education in (a) the London Borough of Bexley, (b) the London Borough of Greenwich and (c) the London Borough of Bromley in 2008-09. (264974)

The available information on how much was spent per pupil in primary education in the London boroughs of Bexley, Greenwich and Bromley is for 2007-08 and this is shown in the following table. The information for 2008-09 is due to be submitted to the Department by 25 August 2009.

School based expenditure per pupil by local authority maintained primary schools (£ per pupil)

England

3,580

Bexley

3,440

Bromley

3,300

Greenwich

4,440

Notes:

1. School based expenditure includes only revenue expenditure incurred directly by the schools. This includes the pay of teachers and school-based support staff, school premises costs, books and equipment, and certain other supplies and services, less any capital items funded from recurrent spending and income from sales, fees and charges and rents and rates. This excludes the central cost of support services such as home to school transport, local authority administration and the financing of capital expenditure.

2. Pupil numbers include only those pupils attending local authority maintained primary schools and are drawn from the DCSF Schools Census adjusted to be on a financial year basis.

3. Figures are rounded to the nearest £10.

4. Cash terms figures as reported by local authorities as at 18 March 2008.

Primary Education: Per Capita Costs

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much was spent per pupil in primary education in Staffordshire in 2008-09. (264525)

The available information on how much was spent per pupil in primary education in Staffordshire is for 2007-08 and this is shown in the following table. The information for 2008-09 is due to be submitted to the Department by 25 August 2009.

School based expenditure per pupil by local authority maintained primary schools (£ per pupil)

England

3,580

Staffordshire LA

3,270

Notes:

1. School based expenditure includes only revenue expenditure incurred directly by the schools. This includes the pay of teachers and school-based support staff, school premises costs, books and equipment, and certain other supplies and services, less any capital items funded from recurrent spending and income from sales, fees and charges and rents and rates. This excludes the central cost of support services such as home to school transport, local authority administration and the financing of capital expenditure.

2. Pupil numbers include only those pupils attending local authority maintained primary schools and are drawn from the DCSF Schools Census adjusted to be on a financial year basis.

3. Figures are rounded to the nearest £10.

4. Cash terms figures as reported by local authorities as at 18 March 2008.

Pupils: Health

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what guidance is made available for schools to support children who have been diagnosed with a health condition. (265537)

Schools are encouraged to develop policies on managing medicines and supporting pupils with medical needs.

The Department has issued guidance to schools to help them support their pupils. Our guidance to schools, ‘Managing Medicines in Schools and Early Years Settings’, issued jointly with the Department of Health in 2005, gives advice to schools on how they can support pupils with medical needs. It encourages schools to draw up, in consultation with parents and medical professionals, individual Health Care Plans for children with medical needs. Sister guidance was published in the same year, entitled ‘Including me: managing complex health needs in schools and early years settings’.

Since September 2007, schools have a duty to promote the well-being of all pupils, including those with long term medical conditions. This duty defines well-being as the five outcomes of the Every Child Matters, including being healthy and staying safe.

The Child Health Strategy, Better Health: Brighter Futures, published on 12 February, announced that the Department will be revising the guidance to schools on managing medicines which will include clear statements of expectations of those involved in supporting pupils with medical conditions, such as schools and primary care trusts. It is our intention that this work will be done in consultation with expert organisations and will be supported with an awareness raising campaign.

Parents: Hearing Impaired

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families (1) what support is available from his Department to deaf parents and their families; (264557)

(2) what support is available from his Department to encourage deaf parents to participate in their children’s education;

(3) what recent assessment he has made of his Department’s performance against the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995 in respect of deaf parents and the education of their children.

The Government acknowledge the difficulties disabled parents, including deaf parents, face. The most recent assessment made by the Secretary of State on the Department for Children, Schools and Families’ report on progress towards disability equality under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, was published in December 2008. It describes both what is happening within the DCSF to promote disability equality and what the entire sector is doing and how we are working together to achieve this.

In December 2008 DCSF published its first Secretary of State report on progress towards disability equality across the children’s and education sector. Although there is no specific reference to deafness, or indeed other impairments with the exception of learning difficulties, this impairment is part of this report in as much as it is about disability and this of course comes within that definition.

In 2006 we asked each local authority to develop a parenting strategy within their children and young people’s plan—these set out how the authority and its partners will make sure that parents get the services they need, including parents with disabilities. Most local authorities have developed strategies and have now moved into implementation.

To further support successful implementation of these strategies our parenting implementation project is working with 18 local authorities to test and develop new and innovative approaches to effective delivery of support services to parents and families. One of the project’s work streams is considering the needs of parents with disabilities. The learning from the project will be shared with all local authorities in summer 2009.

We will continue to engage with stakeholders, including examining wider research relating to disabled parents’ involvement in their children’s education, to identify barriers to their effective engagement.

The Secretary of State’s report on disability equality can be found at the Department’s website:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/des/sosreport.shtml.

DCSF’s Single Equality Scheme can be found at:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/publications/des/docs/single_equalityscheme.doc.

With regard to services for parents, our Parent Know How Programme provides funding to a range of third sector partners to provide information and advice services for all parents. Within this ParentlinePlus provides a confidential textphone service for parents and carers who are deaf, hard of hearing or have speech impairment. It is available on 0800 783 6783 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. As part of the ParentCast project we are preparing two videos targeted specifically at deaf parents—both are in British sign language (with an option for subtitles in English) which emphasise the need for deaf parents to have access to the same services as all other parents. The first video is about how two deaf parents got engaged in school activities and the second promotes the use of extended schools to deaf parents.

We encourage schools to use a range of ways to enhance the partnership with parents and carers, including advising schools to find out from parents what they would find helpful and what would encourage them to come into the school and participate at parents’ evenings.

The Children’s Plan, 2007, highlighted a partnership with parents as a ‘unifying theme’ across the whole plan and promised action on three fronts:

an enhanced dialogue between the school and parents;

parental involvement in school governance;

and an expansion of family learning opportunities.

We have promoted parental engagement in learning in other ways—for example, through encouraging parents and children to read together by providing free books to all families with young children through Bookstart, by improving access to information through Parent Know How, and by putting parent support advisers in place in many schools.

These measures have made a difference. Evidence shows that mothers and fathers now feel more involved in their child’s school life—up from 29 per cent. in 2001 to 51 per cent. in 2007—and have an increasing appetite for involvement. But these figures also show that more can be done to bring parents centre stage in their child’s learning.

To drive this forward, we proposed in The Children’s Plan: Progress Report, published in December 2008, an approach which both empowers parents to engage and places parental engagement more centrally in the school and early years system. We made it clear that we will issue guidance to schools on working in partnership with parents and that that this guidance will cover how schools work with disabled, including deaf, parents.

Schools: Closures

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families pursuant to the answer of 4 March 2009, Official Report, column 1685W, on schools: closures, which schools have closed; in which year each closed; and in which local authority area each was located. (262503)

The following table sets out which schools have closed in each year since 2000, and the local authority area in which the schools are located.

Rural school closures since 2000

Local authority

School name

2000

Lancashire

Gisburn Forest Tosside Parochial VC School

Leicestershire

Tilton CE Primary School

2001

Rutland

Ferrers Primary School

2002

East Riding of Yorkshire

Beverley Walkergate Infant School

Herefordshire

Wormbridge C of E Primary School

Shropshire

Chelmarsh C of E Primary School

Warrington

St. Oliver Plunkett Catholic Primary School

York, City of

Oaken Grove Primary School

2003

Bedfordshire

Colmworth C of E VC Lower School—Bedfordshire

Cheshire

Neston St. Mary's

East Riding of Yorkshire

Bewholme Primary School

Northumberland

Kirknewton CE VA First School

Nottinghamshire

Rufford Community Comprehensive School

Worcestershire

Pensax C of E Primary School

2004

Cheshire

Ashley CE Primary School

Cornwall

Tresillian Infant School

Cumbria

St. Cuthbert's CE (VC) Primary School

Cumbria

Lowick C of E School

Durham

Haswell Primary School

East Riding of Yorkshire

Withernwick Primary School

Lincolnshire

Goodfellow's C of E Primary School

Suffolk

Gazeley CE VC Primary School

Wiltshire

St. Mary's C of E Primary School

Wiltshire

Nadder Middle School

Wiltshire

Leigh C of E Primary School

2005

Cumbria

Bampton Endowed (VA) Primary School

Herefordshire

St. Mary's of Hope C of E Primary School

Lincolnshire

North Kyme Primary School

Northamptonshire

Barnwell CE (A) Primary School

Northumberland

Byrness First School

Northumberland

Lowgate First School

Northumberland

Horncliffe First School

Wiltshire

Wilton CE Middle School

Wiltshire

Farley All Saints Church of England VA School

Wiltshire

Maud Heath County Primary School

2006

Cheshire

Buerton Primary School

Cumbria

Satterthwaite and Rusland CE (VC) Primary

Kent

Doddington Primary School

Lincolnshire

St. Luke's Church of England Primary School

Norfolk

The Douglas Bader School, RAF Coltishall

North Yorkshire

Womersley Church of England VC Primary School

Somerset

Northmoor Green Community Primary School

Staffordshire

St. Mildred's CE (VA) Primary School

Staffordshire

St. John the Baptist (VA) Catholic Primary School

Wiltshire

Redlynch Church of England VA Primary School

2007

Cornwall

Lanreath C of E VC Primary School

Devon

Chawleigh Primary School

Gloucestershire

Twigworth Church of England Primary School

Herefordshire

Brilley Church of England Primary School

Kent

The Ripple School

Kent

Hothfield Village Primary School

Kent

Detling C of E Primary School

Lincolnshire

Rippingale Church of England Primary School

North Yorkshire

Sutton-under-Whitestonecliffe C of E VC Primary School

North Yorkshire

Langcliffe Community Primary School

Nottinghamshire

Colston Bassett Primary School

Staffordshire

Our Lady's Catholic Primary School

Wiltshire

Avebury C of E Primary School

Wiltshire

Corsley C of E Primary School

2008

Bolton

Scot Lane End C of E Primary School

Cheshire

Harthill Primary School

Cheshire

Dunham Hill Primary School

Cumbria

Lochinvar Community Secondary School

Derbyshire

Apperknowle Community Primary School

Durham

Hamsteels Primary School

Gloucestershire

Joys Green Primary School

Kent

Dunkirk Village School

North Yorkshire

Low Bentham Community Primary School

Northumberland

Chatton Church of England First School

Nottinghamshire

Besthorpe Primary School

Shropshire

Childs Ercall C of E Primary School

Suffolk

Cookley and Walpole C of E VC Primary School

The tables show closures where the schools ceased to be maintained and were not replaced. There are other circumstances involving school closure which have been excluded from the table because replacement provision was established, for example in the case of a change to a school's religious character or an amalgamation of an infant and junior school to form a primary school.

Figures given in an earlier response differ slightly to those given in the following tables. Some double counting of secondary school closures meant a higher number of closures were previously recorded.

Schools: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families if he will take steps to ensure that primary schools which are rebuilt incorporate the same design standards as secondary schools in the Building Schools for the Future programme in respect of (a) drinking water and (b) toilet facilities. (266074)

The Department has already taken a number of steps to ensure that new and re-modelled primary school buildings—including drinking water and toilet facilities—are built to a good design standard. This includes using the Primary Capital Programme website to promote the Department’s existing guidance and to showcase case study examples of good practice.

The Department is aware of the importance of well designed primary school toilets and is continuing to work with its partners to produce case study examples on this. It would not, however, be appropriate for primary school toilets to be built to exactly the same design standards as secondary school toilets.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families if he will make it his policy to encourage secondary schools not participating in the Building Schools for the Future programme to allocate funds for improving (a) drinking water and (b) toilet facilities for pupils. (266075)

Devolved Formula Capital (DFC) is allocated at school level, to be spent on whichever capital improvement a school considers to be the most beneficial, based on local priorities. Other funds can also be added to DFC, from the local authority and elsewhere, to improve facilities. The purposes for which DFC is used vary widely, from improving drinking water and toilet facilities, to other infrastructure improvement, ICT, sports facilities, even transport such as a school minibus.

Given the wide variety of need, I think it best to continue to allow schools and local authorities discretion in deciding how resources are spent, rather than to steer schools towards expenditure on improving specific facilities such as (a) drinking water or (b) toilet facilities for pupils.

Social Workers: Children

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families when he plans to introduce a children's social work postgraduate qualification for experienced children's social workers. (264382)

Lord Laming's report recommends the introduction of a fully-funded, practice-focused children's social work postgraduate qualification for experienced children's social workers. The Government are committed to ensuring social work is a high quality, high status profession committed to excellent practice and respected by clients and the wider public. We agree with Lord Laming that social work should become a Masters-level profession. We expect this to be an important element of the long-term and comprehensive reform programme for social work which will be informed by the advice of the Social Work Task Force and which we will set out in the autumn.

In immediate response to Lord Laming's recommendations, we have asked the General Social Care Council (GSCC) and the Children's Workforce Development Council (CWDC) to work together to define and consult on the content and implementation of a practice-based Masters for qualified children and families social workers.

This work builds on our current investment of over £73 million to improve the quality of social worker training, tackle recruitment and retention shortages and to improve the quality of practice and leadership.

Teachers: Males

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families with reference to his letter of correction of 4 December 2008 to the hon. Member for East Worthing and Shoreham, Deposited Paper DEP2008-2997, to the answer of 28 October 2008, Official Report, column 596W, on teachers: males, what the 2008 figures are, broken down by local authority area. (264682)

The following table provides the full-time qualified number of male teachers employed in local authority maintained nursery/primary and secondary schools broken down by individual local authorities in England, January 2008.

Full-time qualified males in local authority maintained nursery/primary and secondary schools: January 2008—Coverage: Local authorities in England

Nursery/primary

Secondary1

England

25,180

78,750

City of London

Camden

70

220

Greenwich

130

360

Hackney

170

130

Hammersmith and Fulham

60

160

Islington

120

240

Kensington and Chelsea

40

80

Lambeth

140

230

Lewisham

150

230

Southwark

200

180

Tower Hamlets

180

470

Wandsworth

110

270

Westminster

80

180

Barking and Dagenham

120

370

Barnet

150

480

Bexley

90

470

Brent

160

450

Bromley

130

550

Croydon

130

410

Ealing

150

350

Enfield

160

580

Haringey

150

340

Harrow

90

200

Havering

120

380

Hillingdon

140

400

Hounslow

90

390

Kingston upon Thames

50

230

Merton

80

160

Newham

240

460

Redbridge

130

540

Richmond upon Thames

80

140

Sutton

60

390

Waltham Forest

130

340

Birmingham

680

1,810

Coventry

140

500

Dudley

180

490

Sandwell

180

450

Solihull

130

320

Walsall

160

520

Wolverhampton

160

440

Knowsley

90

250

Liverpool

250

780

St. Helens

110

280

Sefton

130

470

Wirral

160

630

Bolton

150

460

Bury

120

270

Manchester

260

510

Oldham

130

440

Rochdale

110

350

Salford

110

290

Stockport

120

330

Tameside

110

390

Trafford

110

370

Wigan

150

500

Barnsley

120

340

Doncaster

150

520

Rotherham

130

570

Sheffield

270

730

Bradford

310

850

Calderdale

140

380

Kirklees

200

650

Leeds

380

1,130

Wakefield

180

540

Gateshead

110

310

Newcastle upon Tyne

120

440

North Tyneside

90

350

South Tyneside

80

280

Sunderland

140

520

Isles of Scilly

10

Bath and North East Somerset

100

300

Bristol, City of

240

330

North Somerset

90

330

South Gloucestershire

150

450

Hartlepool

60

170

Middlesbrough

80

150

Redcar and Cleveland

60

260

Stockton-on-Tees

100

330

Kingston Upon Hull, City of

150

370

East Riding of Yorkshire

150

550

North East Lincolnshire

90

200

North Lincolnshire

60

250

North Yorkshire

290

1,070

York

100

240

Bedfordshire

70

720

Luton

100

240

Buckinghamshire

200

710

Milton Keynes

110

370

Derbyshire

370

1,210

Derby

120

410

Dorset

170

720

Poole

70

240

Bournemouth

70

240

Durham

240

830

Darlington

50

130

East Sussex

220

710

Brighton and Hove

130

350

Hampshire

570

1,580

Portsmouth

80

200

Southampton

100

280

Leicestershire

290

990

Leicester

150

420

Rutland

10

50

Staffordshire

370

1,460

Stoke-on-Trent

120

360

Wiltshire

220

710

Swindon

80

240

Bracknell Forest

40

130

Windsor and Maidenhead

30

210

West Berkshire

50

300

Reading

50

120

Slough

60

210

Wokingham

60

240

Cambridgeshire

240

730

Peterborough

90

260

Cheshire

340

1,060

Halton

70

200

Warrington

100

330

Devon

440

1,080

Plymouth

160

460

Torbay

70

250

Essex

570

2,150

Southend-on-Sea

90

310

Thurrock

60

170

Herefordshire

100

260

Worcestershire

240

890

Kent

680

2,230

Medway

110

480

Lancashire

620

1,800

Blackburn with Darwen

90

240

Blackpool

80

190

Nottinghamshire

450

1,390

Nottingham

150

360

Shropshire

130

410

Telford and Wrekin

70

240

Cornwall

340

850

Cumbria

260

910

Gloucestershire

310

1,000

Hertfordshire

390

1,900

Isle of Wight

40

270

Lincolnshire

370

1,240

Norfolk

490

1,250

Northamptonshire

320

1,010

Northumberland

60

620

Oxfordshire

240

780

Somerset

260

780

Suffolk

240

1,270

Surrey

340

1,320

Warwickshire

210

760

West Sussex

380

1,050

School Census

1 Excludes academies.

Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.

— nil or negligible

Source:

School Census

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families with reference to his letter of correction of 4 December 2008 to the hon. Member for East Worthing and Shoreham, Deposited Paper DEP2008-2997, to the Answer of 28 October 2008, Official Report, column 596W, on teachers: males, what the 2008 figures are, broken down by decile of income deprivation affecting children indices. (264683)

The following table shows the number of qualified full-time male teachers in local authority maintained nursery/primary and secondary schools broken down by decile of income deprivation affecting children indices (IDACI) in 2008.

Qualified full-time male teachers in local authority maintained nursery/primary and secondary schools broken down by decile of income deprivation affecting children indices(ADACI)—Year: 2008 Coverage: England

Deciles of rank of deprivation

Nursery/primary

Secondary

0-10 per cent. (most deprived)

3,260

5,680

10-20 per cent.

2,650

5,840

20-30 per cent.

2,600

8,180

30-40 per cent.

2,520

7,830

40-50 per cent.

2,490

9,540

50-60 per cent.

2,510

7,500

60-70 per cent.

2,350

9,250

70-80 per cent.

2,450

8,300

80-90 per cent.

2,310

8,400

90-100 per cent. (least deprived)

2,030

8,230

Total

25,180

78,750

Note:

Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.

Source:

School Census and Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG)

Teachers: Postgraduate Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what provision for financial assistance is planned for schools to provide teaching cover for teachers who are studying for the new MA in Teaching and Learning; and if he will make a statement. (264853)

The Government have made £30 million available in 2008-11 for the initial rollout of the Masters in Teaching and Learning (MTL), and up to an additional £25 million will be made available to fund MTL for teachers in National Challenge schools in 2009-11. The funding will pay for teaching cover for teachers participating in the programme and their in-school coaches. It will also pay for the development of the programme; higher education institutions’ ongoing costs; for the training of in-school coaches; and for the time of tutors from higher education institutions to support teachers in their learning. Funding for schools will be ring-fenced.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many teachers he expects to enrol on courses for the MA in Teaching and Learning in (a) September 2009 and (b) January 2010; and if he will make a statement. (264854)

The Masters in Teaching and Learning (MTL) will be available to all Newly Qualified Teachers (NQTs) taking up post in schools in the North West region from September 2009, and to NQTs in National Challenge Schools, and in secondary schools where 30 per cent. or more of pupils are eligible for Free School Meals and where the leadership is rated good or better by Ofsted, from January 2010. We will only know how many NQTs are entitled to take up the MTL, and how many choose to do so, when they take up posts in schools from September 2009. However, we estimate that at least 4,000 NQTs could take up the offer of the MTL in 2009/10.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much time he expects newly-qualified teachers enrolled on the new MA in Teaching and Learning to spend outside the classroom as part of their course; and if he will make a statement. (264855)

The Masters in Teaching and Learning (MTL) programme is currently being developed by MTL providers, which are schools and higher education institutions working together, and the Training and Development Agency for Schools. One of the aims is to develop a flexible programme, which can be personalised to meet each teacher’s learning needs, reflecting the role being undertaken by that teacher. It is therefore not possible to provide details of time commitments for individual teachers at this stage. It is important to remember that, although teachers may need to undertake some study in their own time, the programme will be practice-based, with learning centred around what is happening in the classroom.

Duchy of Lancaster

Departmental Correspondence

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how many letters from hon. Members were received by (a) the Prime Minister’s Office and (b) the Cabinet Office in (i) January and (ii) February 2009; and how many letters from hon. Members received in 2008 were responded to (A) in less than two weeks, (B) in between two weeks and one month, (C) in between one and two months and (D) in over two months. (265939)

The Cabinet Office, on an annual basis, publishes a report to Parliament on the performance of Departments in replying to Members’ correspondence. The report for 2008 will be published shortly.

Departmental Disciplinary Proceedings

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster (1) how many staff in the Cabinet Office (a) were disciplined and (b) had their employment terminated as a result of a poor sickness record in each of the last 12 months; (262219)

(2) how many staff in the Prime Minister’s Office (a) were disciplined and (b) had their employment terminated as a result of a poor sickness record in each of the last 12 months.

Data regarding sickness absence at the Cabinet Office, including the Prime Minister’s Office are published on the Cabinet Office website.

This information has been placed in the Library of the House.

Disclosure of Information: Mass Media

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how many leaks of Government information to the media the Cabinet Office has investigated in the last year. (259454)

The Cabinet Office, on behalf of the Cabinet Secretary as Head of the Home Civil Service and as Chair of the Official Committee on Security, has responsibility for co-ordinating security matters across Government. Each Department is obliged to inform the Cabinet Office when leak investigations are instigated. It is for departmental permanent secretaries to take decisions on whether leak investigations into the unauthorised disclosure of information originating in their Departments should be carried out.

The Cabinet Office has undertaken no leak investigations in the last year. In its role co-ordinating security matters, the Cabinet Office has provided advice and assistance to other Government Departments on inquiries and policy.

Government Departments: Data Protection

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what assistance his Department has given to other Departments in the investigation of unauthorised disclosures of information in the last 12 months. (265715)

In the last 12 months, the Cabinet Office has provided advice and assistance to a number of Government Departments on matters relating to policy and practice concerning the investigation of unauthorised disclosures of information, as well as making investigators available from the central list that we manage.

Infant Mortality

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how many children under the age of one year died in each year since 1997, broken down by primary care trust. (263660)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the UK Statistics Authority. I have asked the authority to reply.

Letter from Karen Dunnell, dated March 2009:

As National Statistician, I have been asked to reply to your recent question asking how many children under the age of one year have died in each year since 1997, broken down by primary care trust. (263660)

The table attached provides the number of deaths of children aged under one year, in each primary care organisation in England, from 1997 to 2007 (the latest figures available).

Table 1. Number of deaths of children aged under one year, primary care organisations in England1,2,1997 to 20073

Deaths

Area

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

England

3,591

3,371

3,379

3,203

3,063

3,002

3,145

3,069

3,078

3,192

3,127

North East SHA

170

145

152

172

145

131

126

136

126

158

139

County Durham

32

27

37

34

33

25

21

25

31

33

23

Darlington

2

8

9

5

7

4

5

6

7

13

6

Gateshead

14

10

16

11

7

7

12

7

13

16

13

Hartlepool

8

7

6

6

7

5

6

6

2

10

12

Middlesbrough

10

12

8

9

14

14

10

8

15

7

8

Newcastle

13

16

10

20

12

16

13

18

14

11

9

North Tees

15

10

8

16

14

8

8

15

7

14

10

North Tyneside

15

10

8

12

8

12

8

8

7

8

8

Northumberland

21

13

25

18

10

13

9

6

10

8

23

Redcar and Cleveland

7

8

4

8

8

4

9

11

7

12

5

South Tyneside

10

6

5

10

12

6

5

5

7

11

7

Sunderland Teaching

23

18

16

23

13

17

20

21

6

15

15

North West SHA

563

498

525

476

442

405

462

435

474

470

433

Ashton, Leigh and Wigan

23

15

22

22

20

15

19

13

16

25

17

Blackburn with Darwen

21

20

14

20

14

15

14

9

19

13

17

Blackpool

16

8

12

9

9

5

11

7

9

18

12

Bolton

20

22

23

16

16

21

20

20

24

27

18

Bury

11

12

9

20

6

10

8

13

9

11

10

Central and Eastern Cheshire

24

18

29

22

20

29

17

23

20

16

14

Central Lancashire

32

38

35

30

27

26

31

30

28

31

26

Cumbria

33

28

27

16

22

13

28

23

21

23

22

East Lancashire

42

24

34

38

38

18

37

31

34

28

29

Halton and St. Helens

34

26

22

25

19

18

22

23

26

30

25

Heywood, Middleton and Rochdale

25

13

29

16

18

17

20

14

15

17

18

Knowsley

17

15

11

12

13

8

7

10

10

5

9

Liverpool

41

38

34

37

31

30

27

28

44

32

30

Manchester

51

41

52

51

51

52

41

54

48

36

55

North Lancashire

17

17

18

16

17

15

15

13

18

20

12

Oldham

22

24

22

25

16

25

22

26

17

23

18

Salford

18

21

9

13

18

15

15

15

15

17

19

Sefton

20

21

26

10

9

16

11

7

19

14

7

Stockport

23

16

19

12

21

8

20

18

18

8

14

Tameside and Glossop

15

15

15

15

15

12

18

10

9

20

8

Trafford

18

14

16

14

12

9

10

6

9

13

13

Warrington

12

11

13

11

8

11

16

11

12

11

10

Western Cheshire

12

14

12

4

10

10

16

15

13

20

15

Wirral

18

29

23

25

14

9

18

16

21

15

15

Yorkshire and the Humber SHA

393

410

359

407

324

345

337

334

372

360

362

Barnsley

13

22

10

22

12

9

13

16

10

16

10

Bradford and Airedale

54

64

59

72

63

68

68

41

69

62

73

Calderdale

18

22

20

16

13

13

16

17

16

12

15

Doncaster

29

26

21

18

16

22

17

18

27

26

23

East Riding of Yorkshire

14

18

18

8

16

16

13

15

11

8

9

Hull

29

26

16

19

15

11

17

15

14

24

12

Kirklees

40

29

35

33

35

46

42

40

37

39

35

Leeds

52

64

50

57

40

41

48

45

59

53

49

North East Lincolnshire Care Trust Plus

9

11

10

12

14

14

8

4

10

10

17

North Lincolnshire

12

10

8

16

10

7

7

11

13

10

5

North Yorkshire and York

41

.39

36

45

21

21

18

30

39

31

32

Rotherham

24

24

19

13

14

11

20

25

16

14

19

Sheffield

34

33

41

42

34

48

34

34

30

39

46

Wakefield District

22

22

16

33

21

18

16

23

21

16

17

East Midlands SHA

277

267

288

251

221

252

278

248

229

276

276

Bassetlaw

13

6

6

8

11

5

4

10

5

7

7

Derby City

22

19

20

18

20

17

18

15

14

10

24

Derbyshire County

33

44

41

36

26

37

35

45

29

32

30

Leicester City

25

34

35

31

26

23

32

27

24

36

41

Leicestershire County and Rutland

36

30

42

22

29

23

37

15

38

40

31

Lincolnshire

47

40

41

29

24

39

45

39

31

36

41

Northamptonshire

43

39

49

38

25

38

49

47

32

46

38

Nottingham City

26

25

24

24

31

33

32

21

28

34

26

Nottinghamshire County

32

28

29

43

27

35

25

28

28

32

38

West Midlands SHA

472

418

440

427

390

399

463

445

425

432

415

Birmingham East and North

50

46

52

45

56

54

68

52

49

59

59

Coventry Teaching

30

35

28

24

26

31

27

35

17

17

23

Dudley

24

20

32

16

13

12

14

12

24

23

13

Heart of Birmingham Teaching

54

43

38

52

50

65

67

56

48

52

51

Herefordshire

8

10

8

1

4

6

4

9

12

7

5

North Staffordshire

7

10

15

13

10

6

10

11

8

5

17

Sandwell

31

34

25

29

25

32

32

28

32

37

33

Shropshire County

16

16

7

13

12

17

18

10

11

13

12

Solihull

12

6

11

13

10

8

5

8

9

12

9

South Birmingham

24

29

29

32

20

27

34

26

27

42

19

South Staffordshire

40

24

42

42

33

29

50

31

37

40

45

Stoke on Trent

28

21

26

28

21

32

23

31

30

23

20

Telford and Wrekin

14

16

11

16

16

6

10

11

9

13

5

Walsall Teaching

36

26

29

17

19

18

19

31

35

23

30

Warwickshire

30

35

28

27

24

13

27

35

23

19

25

Wolverhampton City

29

16

27

27

26

18

27

26

20

22

17

Worcestershire

39

31

32

32

25

25

28

33

34

25

32

East of England SHA

310

325

291

268

273

266

280

271

260

273

299

Bedfordshire

21

18

24

17

25

17

23

21

22

18

17

Cambridgeshire

46

30

27

22

30

24

29

26

25

28

26

East and North Hertfordshire

29

24

25

32

23

30

22

21

26

23

27

Great Yarmouth and Waveney

12

11

12

9

11

8

9

8

6

5

10

Luton

23

20

25

27

18

24

12

20

18

22

20

Mid Essex

26

15

23

16

15

15

15

15

13

15

27

Norfolk

41

48

31

24

25

28

31

31

35

41

38

North East Essex

12

19

16

9

14

14

11

15

15

14

17

Peterborough

14

12

13

11

14

12

19

7

17

17

12

South East Essex

4

21

12

12

10

12

16

14

12

16

14

South West Essex

19

21

18

24

19

29

21

20

15

25

24

Suffolk

19

34

29

29

23

14

28

38

20

20

34

West Essex

16

15

13

14

12

18

20

10

11

12

12

West Hertfordshire

28

37

23

22

34

21

24

25

25

17

21

London SHA

615

624

636

570

633

594

600

588

587

593

571

Barking and Dagenham

18

14

18

8

8

11

13

18

11

15

16

Barnet

22

23

25

14

12

19

17

15

32

14

17

Bexley

5

11

10

10

15

9

16

14

13

12

10

Brent Teaching

24

22

34

27

35

44

21

20

22

31

23

Bromley

19

16

13

16

11

14

17

18

10

13

10

Camden

10

12

20

11

17

18

13

20

14

11

11

City and Hackney Teaching

45

22

35

27

33

36

32

15

24

20

29

Croydon

29

32

36

40

20

31

20

20

37

30

26

Ealing

20

15

23

23

26

33

19

17

21

23

15

Enfield

25

17

22

20

20

13

33

23

30

33

30

Greenwich Teaching

16

25

16

16

22

25

21

25

15

20

24

Hammersmith and Fulham

14

15

15

13

12

12

13

9

10

12

7

Haringey Teaching

17

21

25

29

29

20

36

30

31

26

18

Harrow

12

24

22

16

11

12

16

17

28

14

14

Havering

12

16

8

9

7

15

6

10

5

14

9

Hillingdon

15

26

11

12

21

14

10

12

14

15

26

Hounslow

19

14

17

16

29

4

17

20

23

12

20

Islington

7

11

22

17

13

13

21

19

16

13

14

Kensington and Chelsea

14

15

8

10

12

10

7

4

8

3

8

Kingston

2

8

7

4

7

5

4

11

6

7

5

Lambeth

36

25

35

29

30

33

34

27

29

28

25

Lewisham

30

45

25

27

31

20

20

17

22

22

18

Newham

41

38

32

33

33

37

39

45

24

40

37

Redbridge

17

12

15

19

23

18

18

20

15

22

26

Richmond and Twickenham

12

8

5

8

11

11

8

5

8

5

8

Southwark

40

31

29

25

39

30

42

33

19

32

41

Sutton and Merton

27

20

21

15

22

19

25

27

23

27

19

Tower Hamlets

18

26

23

19

17

24

20

16

17

17

21

Waltham Forest

18

23

32

24

32

19

18

31

18

29

20

Wandsworth

13

19

21

20

17

9

18

14

27

18

16

Westminster

18

18

11

13

18

16

6

16

15

15

8

South East Coast SHA

237

205

208

194

146

214

200

190

182

207

198

Brighton and Hove City

20

14

15

20

7

18

16

21

19

20

17

East Sussex Downs and Weald

24

17

20

19

17

. 9

15

13

6

18

12

Eastern and Coastal Kent

46

33

39

25

30

43

42

32

43

39

49

Hastings and Rother

6

6

8

10

7

6

9

10

7

11

9

Medway

19

18

16

16

9

25

21

23

10

13

15

Surrey

42

55

45

51

36

48

31

34

40

40

48

West Kent

42

27

35

27

22

27

30

25

31

27

17

West Sussex

38

34

29

26

18

38

36

32

26

39

31

South Central SHA

238

218

240

205

225

178

194

174

185

202

196

Berkshire East

20

24

28

18

24

28

19

14

22

29

26

Berkshire West

22

29

35

27

30

15

32

24

28

28

27

Buckinghamshire

28

29

18

35

32

12

23

23

22

21

29

Hampshire

80

52

71

52

53

46

48

44

40

45

49

Isle of Wight National Health Service

6

4

6

2

3

5

3

5

0

3

5

Milton Keynes

22

17

19

18

21

17

27

15

17

20

14

Oxfordshire

26

31

41

23

28

26

27

32

32

33

25

Portsmouth City Teaching

17

20

12

15

19

15

9

12

10

8

8

Southampton City

17

13

11

15

15

14

6

5

14

14

13

South West SHA

316

261

240

233

264

218

205

248

238

221

238

Bath and North East Somerset

2

8

9

4

6

7

6

9

3

10

8

Bournemouth and Poole

21

15

19

11

17

16

7

14

17

16

13

Bristol

31

32

21

27

31

26

23

28

27

25

27

Cornwall and Isles of Scilly

42

14

23

18

23

24

19

29

22

22

23

Devon

40

37

32

27

36

17

14

34

34

28

31

Dorset

14

16

12

14

13

19

12

14

18

14

16

Gloucestershire

35

37

32

23

27

21

27

28

29

25

32

North Somerset

12

12

13

8

14

8

14

7

5

8

9

Plymouth Teaching

22

13

12

16

11

13

19

14

15

12

19

Somerset

24

25

23

26

26

20

19

23

22

21

23

South Gloucestershire

21

6

13

12

16

11

9

13

8

10

6

Swindon

15

13

9

15

16

9

14

17

11

10

13

Torbay

9

6

5

7

3

8

6

5

9

5

5

Wiltshire

28

27

17

25

25

19

16

13

18

16

13

1 Based on boundaries as of 2009.

2 All primary care organisations are Primary Care Trusts (PCTs) other than Bexley, Northumberland, Solihull and Torbay, which have Care Trust status, and North East Lincolnshire, which has Care Trust Plus status. Not all primary care organisations (PCOs) are entirely within the boundaries of the strategic health authorities (SHAs) to which they report, so the sum of the deaths in the PCOs included in an SHA do not always equal the total figure shown for that SHA.

3 Figures are for deaths registered in each calendar year.

State Retirement Pensions

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster pursuant to the written ministerial statement of 16 December 2008, Official Report, columns 111-12WS, on guaranteed minimum pension calculations, for what reasons some pensioners have been underpaid since 1978; what estimate he has made of (a) the number of people affected, (b) the average annual underpayment and (c) the cumulative underpayment; and what plans he has to repay such underpayments. (263563)

My written ministerial statement of 16 December 2008, Official Report, columns 111-12WS, explained the circumstances in which some public service pensioners had been paid the incorrect pension. While the majority of those affected were overpaid a small number were underpaid. The National Audit Office (NAO) is investigating the causes of the error. I will update the House once the NAO has completed its work.

The data requested by the hon. Member are not yet available. However, I can confirm that all those who have been underpaid will receive their pension arrears in full, with interest.